Quarterlytics / Industrials / Specialty Business Services / Restore plc

Restore plc

rst.l · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker rst.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 2400
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Restore plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
R
e
s
t
o
r
e
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
2

Growth & Resilience 

Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2022

Head Office
2nd Floor, 7-10 Chandos Street, 

London, W1G 9DA

T:  020 7409 2420
E: 

info@restoreplc.com

W:  www.restoreplc.com

Restore Records Management
The Databank, Unit 1 Redhill Distribution Centre,  

Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5DY

T:  01293 446 270

E:  admin@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/records

Restore Datashred
Unit Q1, Queen Elizabeth Distribution Centre,  

Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1NA

T:  0800 376 4422

E:  customerhub@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/datashred

Restore Digital
EDM House, Village Way,  

Bilston, Wolverhampton, 

West Midlands, WV14 0UJ

T:  0333 043 5483

E: 

info@restoredigital.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/digital

Restore Harrow Green
2 Oriental Road, Silvertown,  

London, E16 2BZ

T:  0345 603 8774

E: 

info@harrowgreen.com

W:  www.harrowgreen.com

Restore Technology
Cardington Point, Telford Way,  

Bedford, MK42 0PQ

T:   01462 813 132

E:   technology@restore.co.uk

W:   www.restore.co.uk/technology

 
 
 
 
The UK’s leading provider 
of integrated digital and 
information management  
and secure lifecycle services.

Highlights  

Overview
Chair’s Introduction  
Our Business 
Growth Strategy 
Investment Case 
Our Divisions 

Strategic report
Our Strategy  
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 
Chief Financial Officer’s Statement  
ESG Committee Report 
Risk Committee Report 
Section 172 Statement 

Governance
Board of Directors  
Governance Statement 
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report  
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
Independent auditors’ report  

Financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  
Consolidated statement of financial position  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement of cash flows  
Notes to the Group financial statements 
Parent Company statement of financial position 
Parent Company statement of changes in equity 
Parent Company statement of cash flows  
Parent Company accounting policies  
Notes to the Parent Company financial statements  

Other information
Notice of Annual General Meeting  
Officers and advisers  
Trading record  
Financial calendar 

1

2
4
5
6
8

14
20
28
33
38
42

46
49
52
55
60
63
64

70
71
72
73
74
105
106
107
108
109

124
129
129
129

For more information please see 
www.restoreplc.com

This report is printed on Revive 100 Offset.

The paper stock is manufactured from 
FSC Recycled 100% post-consumer waste pulp.

It is manufactured in accordance with 
ISO certified standards for environmental, 
quality and energy management and is 
Carbon Balanced.

CBP017836

Highlights 

Restore has delivered a further year of strong growth in 2022. 

Revenue and profit performances demonstrating the resilience of the business during 
a challenging year. 

+19.1%

+9.8%

+7.6%

+1.3% 

-0.1x

+4.7%

£279.0m

£81.5m

Revenue

Adjusted 
EBITDA1

£41.0m

Adjusted profit1
before tax

£23.3m

Statutory profit 
before tax

1.7x

Leverage2

24.3p

Adjusted basic  
earnings per 
share1

With strong organic growth (11%) underpinned by winning in the market and acquisition growth (8%) we have continued to 
show the critical nature of the services we provide.

The Group enters 2023 substantially larger, with increased capability and a solid financial foundation and is well placed for further 
growth through its strategy of organic expansion, strategic acquisitions and margin enhancement through efficiency and scale.

Business Highlights

Financial Highlights

 O Strong organic and acquisitive growth despite challenging 

macroeconomic conditions, demonstrating resilient nature of 
the business and excellent service delivery

 O Revenue increased 19.1% to £279.0m (2021: £234.3m), with 
organic growth (+11%) and acquisitions (+8%) with resulting 
adjusted EBITDA1 growing to £81.5 million (2021: £74.2 million)

 O Records Management net box growth of 1.6% (2021: 1.3%) in 
line with long term growth strategy increasing boxes under 
management to 22.4 million boxes with utilisation increasing 
from 89% to c.97% by the end of 2022

 O Adjusted profit before tax increased 7.6% to £41.0m 

(2021: £38.1m) as a result of strong performances in Records 
Management and Digital offset by increased interest rate 
impact of £2.4 million for the year

 O Strong sales performance including major storage and service 
contract wins with BBC Heritage (c.£22 million over 10 years) 
and Department for Work and Pensions (c.£1 million per year) 
during the year

 O Statutory profit before tax of £23.3 million (2021: £23.0 million) 
showed a small increase and reflective of higher amortisation 
on prior year acquisitions, interest rate increases, property exit 
charges and strategic IT programme costs

 O Digital achieved exceptional performance through a number of 
large government contracts and expansion of revenues in long 
term business process outsourcing and cloud storage

 O Adjusted basic earnings per share increased 4.7% to 24.3p 

(2021: 23.2p) with statutory earnings per share up 41.4% to 
12.3p (2021: 8.7p)

 O Technology grew strongly albeit behind plan due to short 
term market conditions and with positive operational cost 
management

 O Datashred and Harrow Green performing in line with plan 

with growing service visits in Datashred and Harrow Green 
progressing in Life Science sector and commercial storage 
markets in line with strategy.

 O Good cash conversion3 of 82% (2021: 104%), with resulting 

net debt4 at period end of £103.5m and leverage ratio of 1.7x 
(2021: 1.8x), despite five acquisitions, well within the Group’s 
target range of 1.5- 2.0x adjusted EBITDA. The Group retains 
substantial headroom across its borrowing facilities

 O Proposed final dividend of 4.8p taking total dividend for the 

year to 31 December 2022 to 7.4p (2021: 7.2p).

1   Calculated as statutory profit before interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation and adjusting items (reconciled on page 70).
2   Calculated using pre-IFRS16 EBITDA adjusted for share-based payments, including a pro-forma adjustment for acquisitions in line with financial debt covenants.
3 
4  Calculated as external borrowings less cash, excluding the effects of lease obligations under IFRS 16.

  Calculated as free cashflows (reconciled on page 73), divided by net per operating profit (reconciled on page 70), with an amendment to exclude the impact of VAT deferral from 2020 to 2021.

1

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWChair’s Introduction

Sharon Baylay-Bell

“The Group has posted a strong 
financial result for the year to  
31 December 2022 and enters  
2023 with excellent momentum  
and strong plans for further  
growth.”

Introduction

2022 Performance

I am pleased to report a further year of strategic progress in the 
development and expansion of Restore. 

The business has once again shown its resilient characteristics 
during a difficult economic period and despite the challenges of 
2022, the Group has posted a strong financial result for the year to 
31 December 2022 and enters 2023 with excellent momentum and 
strong plans for further growth.

The Board was pleased to welcome Lisa Fretwell as Non-Executive 
Director to the team in April. Lisa brings extensive experience 
of overseeing data-based businesses together with deep 
understanding of risk management and ESG and chairs both the 
Risk Committee and recently established ESG Committee.

As the Board and I look ahead, we remain confident that despite 
the macro uncertainty, the business has clear plans and will 
continue to deliver on its strategy for growth through organic 
expansion, acquisition for capability and margin enhancement 
through efficiency and scale. 

Finally, I would like to thank the whole team for the successes 
achieved throughout the past financial year and their steadfast 
determination in addressing the challenges that arose and their 
commitment towards continuing to build our business in 2023. 

Restore has delivered strong revenue and profit growth in 2022 
with a 19.1% increase in revenues to £279.0 million and a 7.6% 
increase in adjusted profit before tax to £41.0 million. On a 
statutory basis, profit before tax was a healthy £23.3 million, a 
small increase on 2021.

Strong, recurring organic revenue expansion was a key feature of 
the Group’s performance in 2022 with five acquisitions completed 
in the year, for consideration of £12.3 million net of cash, providing 
increased capability in Restore Technology and further scale to 
Restore Records Management and Restore Harrow Green.  

Inflationary cost pressures were significant and whilst we 
anticipated interest rate increases, the pace of rate increase was 
faster than we expected. As such, whilst we are pleased with 
the solid profit growth in 2022, this has been affected by these 
pressures and looking ahead to 2023, management have a number 
of plans to continue to mitigate these challenges and to drive 
further profitability gains.

As a result of the improved profits of the Group, adjusted earnings 
per share increased to 24.3 pence for the year, an increase of 4.7% 
compared to the 23.2 pence achieved for 2021.

The Group continues to demonstrate its highly cash generative 
nature and the closing leverage of 1.7x provides plenty of capacity to 
continue to invest in 2023.

2

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWStrategic progress

Health and Safety

Restore continues to make good progress in its strategy to 
significantly grow the revenues and profits of the business through 
organic expansion, strategic acquisition and margin improvement 
through further efficiency investments and increased scale.

Organic progress was especially strong in 2022 with another year 
of reliable increase in the Group’s boxes under management to 
over 22 million boxes, a number of substantial contract wins across 
the different businesses and the benefits from expanding the 
Group’s product capability, especially in Restore Digital and Restore 
Technology. 

I am especially pleased with the BBC heritage storage and services 
contract win (Restore Records Management and Restore Harrow 
Green), evolution of contracts with the Department for Work and 
Pensions (Restore Records Management) and HMRC (Restore 
Digital) and the cross-Group BT technology decommissioning 
solution. These wins are illustrative of the increasing capability of 
the Group and the growing demand for the critical solutions and 
services we provide.

The Board and I chose to reduce the level of acquisition investment 
in the year compared with 2021, as the Group explored a number 
of strategic options and assessed the economic situation. That 
said, we are delighted with the five acquisitions made during the 
year and especially the purchase of ‘Ultratec’, a hard drive business 
that adds significant and class leading capability in hard drive 
erasure and restoration.

Margin expansion was more challenging in 2022 due to cost 
inflation, although Restore Datashred and Restore Digital both 
made significant progress as a result of scale benefits and as 
operational improvement plans took effect. Pricing is a key focus 
area as we look ahead to ensure hard won efficiency benefits and 
the benefits of scale are not lost. 

Health and Safety remains the first item for Board discussion, 
always, and I am pleased with the sustained focus across the 
business on ensuring Restore remains a safe place to work. 

With the Group’s operational management processes now 
well evolved, the Health and Safety Committee has started to 
focus on a number of strategic objectives including culture, 
communications, systems and training enhancement and during 
2022, a number of awareness campaigns were run and a major 
initiative to enhance virtual training resources was also completed. 

Management’s relentless approach to continuous improvement 
is commended and I extend my gratitude to the health and safety 
and management team for their diligence and evolution of focus as 
the business continues to expand.

Finally, during the year, the Board and I visited several sites 
across Restore Technology, Restore Digital and Restore Records 
Management where we were pleased to see the business 
operating effectively and safely.

Dividends

Your Board is recommending a final dividend of 4.8 pence, payable 
on 7 July 2023. This brings the total dividend for the year to 7.4 
pence (2021: 7.2 pence).

Sharon Baylay-Bell | Chair

15 March 2023

3

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWOur Business

Restore provides mission critical services that protect and manage valuable data, 
information and assets. The Group has five businesses organised across two divisions: 
Digital & Information Management and Secure Lifecycle Services.

Digital & Information Management

Secure Lifecyle Services

Market 

Position No.2

No.1
No.1
£490m-£500m £330m-£335m £580m

No.1
No.2
£200m-£210m £350m

c.1-2%

c.5-6%

c.0-1%

Market  
Size

Market 
Growth

Market Share1 22%

UK Sites

Employees

52

975

c.4%

16%

11

833

6%

7

431

•   High security IT 
asset erasure

19%

12

341

capability

refurbishment and 
resale

•   IT asset preparation 

and installation

•   IT relocation

•   IT decommissioning 

•   Paper recycling and 

and recycling

resale

•   Digital transformation 

•   Technology 

•   Onsite and offsite 

•   Secure paper and IP 

•   Office and 

destruction

•   Long term physical 

•   Physical to digital 

record storage 
and management 
services

•   Physical/digital data 

hybrid services

•   Heritage asset 

protection

processing

•   Cloud storage and 
data management

consultancy

•   Process outsourcing

•   Digital tape back-up 

•   Digital mailrooms

services

•   Data management 

software

c.1%

12%

9

301

commercial 
relocations

•   Short and medium 
term commercial 
asset storage

•   Office and 

light industrial 
decommissioning 
solutions

Growth trends

Growth trends

Secure storage

Secure data destruction and recycling

Flexible working demands

Workplace transformation

Digitisation

Rising technology lifecycle requirements

1 

 Management estimate of market share.

Total

Strong and 
improving

£2.0b

c.3%

c.14%

91

2,881

4

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWGrowth Strategy

Restore’s medium term growth plan sees revenue grow to over £450m with associated 
growth in adjusted EBITDA to £150m, which will deliver significant shareholder value 
creation.

Growth with quality

With a strong track record of profitable and cash generative growth and substantial opportunity to increase market share, 
Restore’s high growth strategy is built on compounding, high quality organic expansion, strategic acquisitions delivering 
scale and product capability and margin enhancement through synergy and efficiency.

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Medium term goal

Sustained revenue expansion

£195.5m

£215.6m

£182.7m

£234.3m

£279.0m

c.£450m - £500m

Profitable organic growth

Attractive adjusted operating 
margins

+3.0%

21.6%

+3.1%

21.0%

+1.4%

+5.0%

+11.0%

17.4%

19.7%

18.6%

+12%

+9%

(35%)

+55%

+5%

Strong cash conversion3

80%

123%

10.0%

11.4%

7.7%

118%

10.1%

104%

10.0%

82%

h
t

w
o
r
G

y
t
i
l
a
u
Q

Consistent adjusted EPS 
Growth

Strong return on invested 
capital2

4-8+%

>22%

10 - 30%

>11 - 13%

80-90%

Carbon emissions

11,870t

13,644t1

14,212t

Scope 1 & 2 
 Net Zero by 2035

Growth Strategy

Profit Roadmap

nic gro w t h

a
g
r
O

A

c

q

u

i

s

i

t

i

o
n

Engaged
Team

4 or 5
markets

e  i n   c o mplex, m
n n i ng projects
a
s c

ulti y

Customer
Excellence

Incre a s

e

a

Scale

r

High
Retention

Upsell

eg NHS

Project
Project
Creating 
Scanning
Scanning
Stakeholder 
Low Cost
Low Cost
Value
of Sales
of Sales

Incremental
Capability

eg Exams

Reduce Costs
better for less 
cost

Margin  
expansion 

£800m+ 
of revenue to 
consolidate

Acquisitions

c.4-8+% 
Revenue pa 
Grow faster than 
market 

Organic

Property Rationalisation
eg MoD
Manage Risk

Market test cost

Online Sales & Service

M

argin Exp a n s i

n

o

2022 
Profit

1  2021 restated as we expand our data collection, data coverage and data quality.
2  

 Calculated as adjusted profit before tax, finance costs, IFRS16 and share-based payments, with a standard tax rate applied, divided by weighted average net debt and equity, 
excluding the impact of IFRS16.
 Calculated as free cashflows (reconciled on page 73) divided by net operating profit after tax (reconciled on page 70) with an amendment to exclude the impact of the VAT deferral 
from 2020 to 2021.

3 

5

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEW 
Investment Case

Restore provides a compelling investment case with high growth potential and strong 
resilience characteristics. Set out below are highlights of the investment rationale.

Growth

Long term structural growth markets, supported by future trends

Our markets are growing and 
with an estimated 14% share of 
the total market size of c.£2.0 
billion, we have significant 
room to grow. 

•  Growing demand for cost effective secure storage

•  Flexible working demands

•  Digitisation

•  Secure Data destruction and recycling

•  Workplace transformation

• 

Increasing technology lifecycle requirements.

Strong market positions, high customer satisfaction and retention rates

In all of the five markets we 
operate in, we are either the 
UK market leader or a strong 
challenger. 

•  Operations across the UK in a diverse number of industries

• 

 Primarily medium to very large sized organisations as customers, including regulated businesses 
(Utilities, Financial Services, etc) that form the backbone of the UK economy

•  Public and private sector customer base, with 81% of FTSE 100

•  Leading customer satisfaction ratings and high retention rates

•  Ability to cross-sell wider Group services over time.

Track record of organic growth 

The business has a track record 
of delivering organic growth 
and targets over 4-8% per year 
across its businesses.

• 

 Sustained growth in the number of assets under management measured by number of boxes or 
the revenues in digital and commercial storage

•  Development of new business lines in the Digital and Technology Recycling sectors

• 

 Growth of new, highly recurring services and entry to new market segments including heritage 
storage and life science logistics support.

Substantial acquisition opportunity 

The markets in which the Group 
operates are highly fragmented 
and provide substantial 
opportunity for consolidation 
further driving scale and cost 
benefits.

• 

• 

• 

 Addressable acquisition opportunity (in revenue terms) is c.£0.8 billion of the £2.0 billion market 
in which the Group operates

 Acquiring just 15-20% of acquisition opportunity would surpass the Group strategy to reach 
revenues of £450-£500m and adjusted EBITDA of £150m in the medium term

 Acquisition rationale includes (1) scale benefit, delivering productivity and consolidation savings; 
(2) product/service enhancement, particularly in Restore Digital and Restore Technology; and 
(3) geographic coverage, delivering customer and operations benefits.

Strong margins with further growth potential

Group adjusted operating 
margins are strong and 
consistent at c.20% with 
further growth potential.

Increasing dividends 

The Board aims to provide 
shareholders with regular, 
increasing dividends.

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Excellent margins, on storage and service income and the benefit of growing scale on fixed 
operating costs and capacity to invest to continually improve the quality of the business in finance, 
property, HR and IT and meet the requirements of a growing business and our ESG charter

 Goal to improve operating margins across all business units over time and to continue to unlock 
the benefit of the broader Group structure through a ‘One Restore’ approach which delivers up-
selling across the product lines and consolidates cost wherever it makes a compelling rationale.

 Objective to provide shareholders with the best value creation, by balancing increasing 
dividends with strong investment back in the business

 Substantial increase in dividends from 1.5p per share in 2012 to 7.4p in 2022, representing a 17% 
average annual growth on dividend since 2012.

6

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWResilience

Resilient and ability to flex

Restore can adapt price and 
cost quickly.

• 

• 

• 

 Critical demand characteristics for Restore’s services demonstrated through the pandemic and 
subsequent macro-economic challenges in 2021 and 2022

 Underlying business resilience due to high proportion of fixed storage income and recurring 
nature of the revenues

 Contractual frameworks with customers in the majority of cases which allow for price change to be 
incorporated both ad hoc and in a more systematic way for example through annual CPI tickers.

Appropriate debt and leverage strategy

The Group aims to operate 
leverage at between 1.5x and 
2.0x adjusted EBITDA to deliver 
the strategy in the medium 
term.

• 

• 

 Demonstrable ability to reduce leverage by at least 0.5x per annum in the absence of 
acquisitions, reflecting strong underlying free cash flow generation

 Debt primarily financed through an investment grade revolving credit facility, together with a 
proportion of debt on a fixed rate through a bilateral loan note with a major US institution in the 
US private placement market entered into after the year-end.

Strong ESG credentials and commitment

The Business has strong 
ESG credentials set out in its 
strategy ‘Restore Our World’ 
and is ‘Planet Mark’ accredited.

•  Responsible operation of the Group’s affairs

•  Provision of services to support organisations with their own ESG strategies

•  Continued evolution to drive the use of sustainable sources of energy 

•  Steps taken to ensuring all staff will be  paid above the national living wage.

Highly experienced management team with strong governance framework

Restore’s Board is hugely 
experienced and dedicated to 
success for all stakeholders.

• 

• 

 Aim to operate as a FTSE250 in most respects, whilst listed on AIM, with the non-executive and 
executive team providing substantial experience and commitment

 Well governed business with high quality management processes in place today and a 
commitment to continuous improvement.

Critical nature of our services 

The Group operates across 
the UK in 91 sites and provides 
services that are vital to 
organisations day-to-day 
operations but cannot be 
performed effectively in-house. 

•  Secure document and heritage storage and management 

•  Digital information management and storage services

•  Business process outsourcing 

•  Pre, mid and end of life technology asset management 

•  Secure data destruction

•  Commercial relocations.

Predictable, recurring income and highly cash generative

The majority of the services 
we provide operate under long 
term contracts or have highly 
recurring characteristics.

•  Predictable, recurring income across 88% of the Group's revenues

• 

 Predictable costs, principally being people, property or fleet lease costs

•  Well managed, stable and resilient business

• 

 Highly cash generative Group with the ability to reinvest in the business and fund  
acquisitive growth

•  71% recurring or fixed/rental revenue, 17% long term contract revenue, and 12% adhoc revenue.

7

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWOur Divisions 

Restore enables organisations to focus on their core business, trusting the Group to manage 
their critical data, information and projects securely and efficiently. Our scale, expertise and 
strong values make us a highly trusted partner to both public and private sectors.

Customer focus 

Restore is highly customer centric and provides 
organisations with sector leading service delivery.

The business has best in class accreditations with a 
reputation for providing consistent quality and is highly 
trusted, as reflected in excellent trust pilot ratings and high 
retention rates.

Sustainable approach 

Restore has strong environmental, social and governance 
credentials and aims to be a Net Zero organisation by 2035.

The Group’s ‘Restoring our World’ strategy has evolved 
from the long-term good practice of the business and 
has been developed with expert partners with quality 
assurance provided by Planet Mark TM accreditation.

Our Planet

Our People

Our Business

National scale

The Group has 91 sites across the UK providing national 
scale with local service.

The scale and capability of Restore provides customer with 
class leading services and cost benefits.

Providing a mixture of physical, pure digital, and hybrid 
(physical and digital) solutions, the Group supports 
customers in protecting their data assets and also 
unlocking the value of the information while transforming 
their business models and ways of working. 

The Group is highly customer-centric with a small head 
office structure supporting the Divisions that are sector 
leading, highly product focused and operating everyday at 
customers’ premises. We are scale operators in the markets 
we operate in and we work extensively with medium and 
large organisations across both the public and private 
sectors and have a high proportion of customers in regulated 
or semi regulated industries which require the highest levels 
of data governance. The customers we deliver services to 
form the foundations of the UK economy.

The business is centred around two growing sectors – 
information management and security in data and asset 
handling. Both of these sectors have long term growth 
characteristics (growing for the last 40 years) due to the 
critical nature of the services provided and cost efficiency 
which is in even greater need in the current challenging 
economic environment. 

The business has strong governance, an exceptional 
leadership team and is managed through two business 
divisions comprising of five product aligned business units.

Quality income

Restore leads the markets it serves. Supporting public 
and private sectors with critical services, income is highly 
predictable, recurring in nature and generates strong 
cashflows.

Revenue Mix

41%
Restore Records 
Management 

20%
Restore Digital 

13%

Restore Technology

13%
Restore Datashred 

13%
Restore Harrow Green 

8

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWOur Divisions: Digital and Information Management

Records  
Management

No.2

UK Market Position

No.1

UK Market Position

£113.7m 
2022 
Revenue

22m
Boxes under 
management

975 
Staff 

52
Sites

Accreditations
Cyber Essentials
ISO9001
14001, 27001

£54.5m
2022  
Revenue

650m
Cloud hosted 
documents

833
Staff 

11
Sites

Accreditations
ISO 9001, 27001, 
14001, 45031,  
22301, BS10008, 
Cyber Essentials Plus

“National, full service storage and records management 
business with excellent customer service, fully 
integrated and delivering long term sustained growth”

Restore Records Management is the largest business unit in the 
Group, accounting for the majority of operating profits and represents 
a major growth driver. With a consistent track record of organic growth 
and expansion through acquisition, Restore Records Management 
has become one the UK’s largest and most trusted providers of fully 
integrated document storage and management services.

Our customer focused staff serve more than c.6,000 high quality 
customers across the private and public sectors, providing storage and 
retrieval solutions for hard copy documents, magnetic data storage 
tapes and heritage assets. 

Over 80% of revenue is generated from highly contracted storage 
fees which provide a predictable and consistent income stream and 
strong cash generation, whilst requiring only modest levels of capital 
investment to maintain. Our commercial proposition is that we can 
realise significantly lower storage and management costs than a 
customer could achieve through application of their own resources 
and that customer processes can be significantly enhanced through 
utilisation of Restore’s highly accredited experience in handling high 
volumes of physical records. 

Operating from 52 locations across the UK, the property estate is 
primarily leasehold and provides a mixture of deep and active storage 
options. The majority of facilities take the form of large, modern industrial 
units, although the business also operates from a number of cost 
effective locations in hardened aircraft shelters and former stone mines. 

Looking forward, management believe this is a market that can 
continue to grow organically with many customers continuing 
to produce paper documentation as part of their processes with 
further opportunity to secure ‘unvended’ records that are using 
valuable office space and have yet to be outsourced to the storage 
marketplace. The business is well invested and capital requirements 
are relatively low but after a period of fast growth through acquisition, 
we have the opportunity to expand margins through increasing scale 
and consolidation of the property estate, and by achieving further 
operating efficiency through scale.

We have a strong track record of providing customers with local 
service within an organisation that has national scale and can offer a 
number of tailored records, tape and heritage management solutions 
and working closely with Restore Digital we can support customers 
with the full suite of services to transform their businesses. 

“High growth digital transformation business 
focused on business critical digital and hybrid 
information management services”

With national presence and scale, Restore Digital provides complex 
digital solutions including, high volume processing of physical 
documents into digital images or data, process transformation 
consultancy and execution, business process outsourcing, digital 
document storage and digital asset management solutions.

A high proportion of our revenue is with large organisations and 
recurring in nature. This includes business process outsourcing, 
provision of digital mailrooms, cloud storage, support for 
the annual UK exam scanning season and other large long-
term projects that are central to the transformation of data 
management in the healthcare, engineering and energy sectors as 
well as a large number of complex Government initiatives. 

From this solid platform, the business has built extensive industry 
knowledge and has operational and financial capacity to expand. 

The market is large and growing with long term positive trends. We 
help customers reduce their costs in delivering services to their end 
customers and also we help customers transform to be more digital 
and help them unlock further business growth. Over the last 10 
years we have seen that customers are more comfortable working 
with a business that has both a physical and pure digital offering 
because we then tailor the solution to their needs. Our services 
are market leading and we are investing further in our software 
platforms to underpin our strategy of growing market share.

Operating from 11 sites across the UK, the business is well 
invested but has relatively low investment requirements with the 
majority of cost relating to operational labour, asset leases, IT 
network costs and product investment.

As part of a growing market and with an increasing customer 
base, we are well placed to grow organically and through selective 
acquisition for scale or capability.

9

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWOur Divisions: Secure Lifecycle Services

No.1

UK Market Position

No.2

UK Market Position

£35.8m
2022  
Revenue

1.6m
Assets  
processed

431
Staff 

7
Sites

Accreditations
ADISA Certified,  
ISO 9001, 14001,  
27001, 45001,  
National Police  
clearance 

“The UKs largest and most capable IT asset 
decommissioning and recycling business, operating 
with the highest levels of accreditation and reputation 
in a highly fragmented and expanding market” 

We have operated in the market for over eight years and notably in the 
last three years scaled operations significantly as we have realised the 
full opportunity in this market. The market for end of life IT recycling 
has been in existence for over 40 years and in the UK the market is 
extremely fragmented. We are the only national and scale operator 
with around c.6% market share so substantial room to grow. 

Over the last 5-10 years the growing importance of secure 
destruction of data on all types of IT assets from laptops to servers 
to network equipment is driving demand and also more recently the 
environmental focus from customers about how their e-waste is 
being recycled or disposed of properly. We expect this trend to only 
grow in importance in the board rooms of UK plc businesses which 
further underpins our confidence in the market. 

In addition to end of life recycling services we provide full lifecycle 
management over IT and related assets. Restore Technology is unique 
in the sector in the breadth, of its technical capability and its status as 
part of highly governed UK plc gives real confidence to customers.

Our products extend from software imaging, physical installation 
and asset tagging at early stage initiation, through the mid-life 
provision of relocation services, hardware and software upgrades 
and end of life, fully secure and certificated decommissioning 
solutions through repurposing, recycling or destruction.

With an existing network of 7 processing sites across the UK, and 
the capability to operate onsite or remotely, we are investing to 
continue to grow our technical expertise and operational coverage 
and are uniquely positioned through our scale and experience to 
provide greater assurance and effectiveness in client engagement 
through both direct to customer and channel partnership channels.

We provide customers with a trusted supply chain of enterprise 
critical importance and our accredited processes provide high levels 
of customer assurance in managing the significant data risk on asset 
decommissioning. Additionally, with high levels of asset repurposing 
and zero landfill, the business provides a strong environmental case 
for organisations seeking to develop their ESG policies.

The market for assurance backed IT lifecycle and decommissioning 
services is increasing rapidly and Restore Technology is at the 
forefront of developing the future of this market.

£37.4m
2022  
Revenue

50,000
Average tonnes 
of paper recycled

341
Staff 

12
Sites

4.7/5
Trust pilot 

“Highly accredited and trusted supplier of secure paper 
destruction and recycling services, operating with 
national scale but providing local customer service””

We are one of two National operators providing onsite and 
offset shredding services in a fragmented market. Visiting over 
30,000 different sites with more than 400,000 total visits per 
year, we serve customers ranging from SMEs to large national 
organisations. Excellence in service delivery and positive customer 
experience is reflected in our market leading 4.7/5 trust pilot rating.

The majority of income is in the form of highly contracted service 
fees with the remaining income from the sale of recycled paper 
to UK and global paper mills. An average of 50,000 tonnes of 
paper is processed each year which is subsequently sold into the 
recycled pulp market for reuse. Other competitors in the sector 
are more reliant on shredded paper resale values than Restore and, 
as such, the business is more resilient to fluctuations in the highly 
commoditised shredded paper market.

Although we offer scale onsite shredding and offsite shredding 
we are seeing a growing trend for customers to prioritise 
environmental concerns with onsite shredding trucks emitting 
carbon outside customer premises versus the lower carbon 
alternative of offsite shredding in larger scale facilities powered 
by electricity from renewables. We are working with customers 
to incentivise and educate them on this trend which is becoming 
more attractive to customers especially when matched with the 
governance of a high accredited UK plc in Restore Datashred. 

Having grown through acquisition, we are currently number 2 in 
the UK marketplace. The business’s scale is particularly important 
in a sector where the key factor driving profitability is route density 
and operational efficiency.

As part of a high quality public company environment, the 
business is operated to high standards of control, providing 
customers with a high degree of confidence in governance over 
their confidential waste disposal.

Looking ahead, as organisations respond to increasing 
environmental obligations and regulation, management believe 
that we have significant opportunity to grow share through 
organic expansion and market consolidation.

10

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWHarrow Green

No.1

UK Market Position

£37.6m 
2022  
Revenue

370,000 pa
Desks  
relocated 

301
Staff 

9
Sites

115
Fleet size 

“The UK’s No.1 commercial relocations organisation 
with growing capability in high volume storage solutions”

Restore Harrow Green is the UK’s leading commercial relocation 
company, supporting corporate and public sector clients with their 
complex and demanding workspace move projects.

The business provides a full project management service and delivers 
seamless physical relocation and installation of workspace, furnishings, 
documents and IT equipment so that relocated staff simply turn up at 
their new facility and can operate immediately post move.

In addition to the core office moves business, we also provide 
expert relocation services to a number of discrete sectors including 
IT, life sciences and military personnel.

The aligned storage solutions we provide are also highly valued 
and revenues and capacity is expanding as organisations seek 
flexibility to transform and manage their property estate or seek 
storage solutions for complex asset management requirements

For many organisations, the integrated service we can provide 
simplifies a complex logistics challenge. In addition, for many 
clients, access to paper and IT recycling and long term records 
storage provide useful complementary solutions triggered by a 
decision to change location.

With a team of its size of over 300 staff and operating a fleet of 
115 vehicles from 9 sites across the UK, we have the size and 
experience to manage significant complexity scale and can flex 
resources to accommodate demanding timetables required by 
clients seeking to minimise downtime.

Customer satisfaction is very high and whilst one-off moves are 
critical, over half of our revenue is generated through incremental 
activity and office reconfigurations from existing customers who 
typically develop a close and long term partnership with us.

Operating nationally, the business continues to expand its regional 
footprint and is developing expertise in new sectors, particularly 
media, heritage asset and life sciences where unique customer 
requirements require specific skills and assurance. 

Importantly, Restore Harrow Green also plays a key role in 
introducing new customers to other Group businesses as a 
physical move is often a trigger for housekeeping or business 
process development where the Group is well placed to provide 
additional services.

11

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OVERVIEWCase Study

Restore Technology delivering an IT 
Lifecycle Service ensuring data security, 
high level of customer experience and 
driving cost efficiencies

The Customer is a leading player in the Managed Services space 
working with an extensive range of government customers. 

Restore Technology has been working in partnership with the customer 
for 13 years and has been successful in retaining the contract through 
three tender cycles.  In total we have made 37,200 collections from 
both our customer and their customers and processed 971,818 assets. 
We will pass one million assets processed in 2023.  

Our customer has three key objectives for their IT Lifecycle Services 
requirements:

• 

 Absolute security of data to the appropriate levels for each asset

•  Delivering cost efficiencies throughout the lifecycle

• 

 Driving a positive customer experience for their internal and external 
customers

Restore Technology designed a service to meet and exceed these 
objectives.

We worked with the customer to understand the level of data security 
required for each asset on each project and recommend the optimum 
route. We provide a range of secure services, including secure disk wiping 
and onsite secure disk shredding, all to the highest level of security.

This means the customer, and their customers, can be certain that their 
assets are handled securely whilst choosing the most environmentally 
friendly way to dispose of them.

By taking this approach, we have delivered significant cost savings 
for the repair of iPhones and laptops, driven cost efficiencies through 
an optimised process for returning devices to stock so replacement 
devices are readily available customers and succeeded in re-marketing 
devices that are no longer required to generate funds that offset the 
cost of repair.

A key customer focus is customer experience. Restore Technology 
works hard to deliver the best possible service to the customer and 
their end customers with regular reporting on status to ensure we 
hit the target SLAs. One of the end customers has introduced Net 
Promoter Score and we consistently achieve a score of more than 80 
demonstrating a world class service.

By consistently exceeding our client’s expectations, we have successfully 
introduced additional Restore Group capabilities into the client with 
current projects in flight with our Restore Harrow Green.

A Service Manager for the customer said:
“As a team you deliver consistently and have been seen 
more as an extension of our company rather than just 
a trusted supplier, you are responsive, proactive and at 
times due to our needs extremely reactive. “

A Head of Resourcing and Reskilling for the customer said:
“Restore Technology are flexible, responsive, and willing 
to consider different ways of working with us to help us 
increase revenue, reduce costs of disposals and to dispose 
of items in a way that is consistent with our corporate 
social responsibility aspirations. “

Delivering complex lifecycle services for 
Tata Consulting Services (TCS)

TCS is a global leader in IT services, consulting, and business solutions, 
leveraging technology for business transformation.

As part of their business transformation project with one of their large 
clients in the manufacturing sector, they needed to decommission two 
data centres in their customer’s estate safely, securely, and efficiently 

This was a complex project that required detailed planning to 
ensure the protection of assets, the security of data and a focus on 
sustainability for end-of-life equipment.

Restore Technology worked with TCS to deliver a plan for the project 
detailing all aspects including physical environment issues, logistics 
implications, security considerations and end of life preferences so 
that issues were understood and addressed through the meticulous 
planning process.

Ensuring the security of data bearing assets was vital to TCS. Restore 
Technology was able to deliver all elements of the project from their 
own inhouse capabilities including appropriately vetted at all stages of 
the project.

Once the decommissioning began, assets were separated into data 
bearing and non-data bearing to ensure each asset followed the best 
path for the most sustainable end of life choice. All data bearing assets 
were scanned to identify serial numbers so that every asset could be 
tracked throughout the process. 

Non-data bearing assets were collected from site and processed 
through the extensive facilities we operate throughout the UK. These 
items were then either recycled to maximise the re-use of component 
parts or re-marketed to extend their useful life.

To deliver the destruction of data bearing assets to the HMGIA standard 
required for the project, we were able to offer our secure on-site 
shredding service where our team of data destruction experts complete 
the shredding process on site using our own specialist vehicles.

At the end of the process, TCS and their customer, received a full set 
of certified reports detailing how the assets had been processed and 
a Certificate of Data Destruction to complete the audit trail for data 
security.

‘We were extremely happy with the full service from 
Restore Technology because we knew that they could 
deliver all aspects from their own team which is 
reassuring from a security perspective. From planning 
to delivery, the team were organised and professional 
throughout which led to a successful project delivered 
within agreed timescales.’

12

Restore plc Annual Report 2022Strategic Report

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

13

STRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy

Delivering a secure and sustainable future

Our businesses share a common purpose – to provide the highest level of assurance to 
organisations in managing their data, information and prized possessions and to do this 
cost effectively and in the right way.

From a UK success story of market consolidation in the document 
storage sector, Restore has evolved to become the UK’s leading 
provider of Digital and Information Management and Secure 
Lifecycle Services and has successfully established itself as the 
number 1 or 2 in these markets through its focus on excellent 
customer service and a clear growth strategy.

Operating through 2 divisions, and 5 product aligned business units, 
we have a decentralised operating model but with strong governance 
led by a highly capable and experienced Executives and Board.

We believe in empowering management and operate the Group 
through autonomous business units supported by a small head 
office. This provides customer responsiveness, operational 
excellence and a more profitable cash generative outcome. It also 
ensures the senior executives are focused on the strategic direction 
of the company and driving the acquisitions which are a significant 
part of the growth of the business.

14

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTHigh growth with resilience

Restore has a track record of strong, cash generative growth. The business has highly 
predictable, recurring income, and due to the critical nature of the services provided,  
the business is highly resilient.

The business has high potential and the strategy for growth is 
straight forward:

 O Organic expansion of 4-8% per year through customer and 

product focus 

 O Strategic acquisition to enhance capability and realise synergy 

 O Margin enhancement though scale and efficiency. 

This plan sees revenue grow from £279 million today to more than 
£450 million in the medium term with an associated increase in 
adjusted EBITDA from £80 million to c.£150 million.

Growth is planned across all business units. The largest growth in 
absolute terms is planned to be from consistent and steady growth 
in the Records Management storage and service income where 
the business is demonstrating a sustained increase in the number 
of boxes under management and is winning complex long term 
service contracts. Fast growth is planned for Restore’s Technology 
and Digital businesses. 

Progress is measured through our growth and will deliver long term 
value through investment returns, quality of earnings and meeting 
ESG responsibilities. 

15

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy continued

Organic expansion through customer focus

At the core of what we do is developing long term relationships with our customers that 
meet their complex and mission critical data and information requirements and one of 
our greatest assets is the quality of our large and high-quality customer base across both 
private and public sector.

The combination of our scale and this customer focus enables 
organisations to operate effectively with the highest levels of 
security and agility. 

In addition, our services help customers transform the way they 
operate both in a digital and physical way. With a national presence 
and full range of services we lead the sectors in which we operate. 

We are very clear that customers primarily seek to procure 
one service from us at a time but with our excellent customer 
satisfaction and relationships we then introduce the customer 
to other parts of the business to increase the value to them and 
Restore. We aim to develop deep and trusted relationships that 
encourage up-selling within the business unit and cross-sell of 
complementary services from other parts of the Group.

Our customer base

FTSE 100 companies

81%

Top 50 UK accountancy practices

76%

Top 100 UK legal practices

85%

Local authorities in England, Wales and Scotland

74%

UK National Health Trusts

82%

Sales Model

1

2

3

Increase the first sale

Then drive upsell: cross-selling is all 
about upselling once the initial first 
sale is done

And drive more leads

Marketing

Upsell

Single BU sale

16

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
Acquisition for capability and scale

Our businesses benefit from leading market positions today. However, we have a substantial 
opportunity to increase our share through acquisition for increased scale and to broaden 
our product capability. 

This strategic approach to acquisition leads to synergy realisation, 
cost advantage, increased customer service and sector innovation 
and strong value creation.

The synergies we can generate from acquisitions mean that we 
can offer the owners of the acquired businesses an attractive 
valuation while achieving a highly attractive return on capital for 
our investors. 

Markets

We have a proven track record in integrating acquired businesses 
and in maintaining and improving service levels for our acquired 
customers who see benefit in now being serviced by a company 
with increased financial strength and service excellence.

Market Position No.2

No.1

No.1

No.2

Market Size

£490m-£500m

£330m-£335m

£580m

£200m-£210m

Market Growth1

c.1-2%

Market Share1

22%

c.4%

16%

c.5-6%

6%

c.0-1%

19%

No.1

£350m

c.1%

12%

£2.0b

c.3%

c.14%

Market Structure

Fragmented

Highly Fragmented

Extremely Fragmented

Highly Fragmented

Fragmented

The business is highly cash generative and whilst operating at 
modest leverage, the business can fund a substantial proportion of 
acquisitions from the operating cashflows of the business. Where 
transactions are more substantial and provide a transformative 
step-up in scale, additional equity maybe considered in order to 
maintain sensible gearing although the Board is very focussed on 
minimising dilution and focussed on earnings per share growth.

As the business grows it continues to invest to support this strategy 
and has developed high quality governance and management 
capability and in driving organic growth and integrating 
acquisitions successfully. However, growth is a constant and so 
attention to transformation and evolution remain a key priority 
and regular review of the operating model is conducted with 
adaptation of structure, IT and organisation capability requirements.

Acquisitions in the year 

Restore Records Management

   Secure Records & Data Management Limited2  4 May 2022 

   UK Archive Limited2 

20 May 2022 

   Millbank Document Storage Limited2 

31 October 2022 

Restore Technology

   Ultratec (Holdings) Limited 

3 May 2022 

Restore Harrow Green 

   CAMA Group Limited  

31 October 2022 

1   Management estimate of market growth and market share
2  Trade and asset purchases

17

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
Our Strategy continued

Margin enhancement

Our competitive advantage is based on bringing scale advantage to the markets we 
operate in to drive down costs and investing in our people and technology to deliver 
industry leading customer experience.

In addition, the highly contracted nature of the business provides 
certainty in planning ahead and although the business operates in 
competitive markets, in the main, each business can re-price on an 
ad hoc and structured annual pricing process.

Pricing

The business units operate differently but each has the capacity 
to adapt prices structurally in relatively short term and implement 
ad-hoc charges as circumstances change as we have seen through 
COVID-19 and the current inflationary period. 

Restore Records Management is the most highly contracted with 
long term, highly structured contracts supporting customer demand 
for security of service provision with Restore Digital and Restore 
Datashred also highly contracted reflecting the high degree of 
complexity and need for service performance in these market 
segments. Restore Harrow Green and Restore Technology are 
generally more contracted on a per project basis with high customer 
retention due to the high trust that is built in these markets.

Key opportunities today include continuing to invest to drive 
productivity from the team with staff being the highest cost in the 
business, consolidation of the large property estate to increase 
storage density and reduce duplication whilst maintaining 
geographic coverage and consolidating costs and processes where 
one approach across the Group should deliver scale and quality 
return

Operating with strong margins today and through a continued 
focus on cost and on pricing, the Group has opportunity to 
improve margins and react to changing input costs as the macro-
environment changes. 

Revenue type

2022 Cost base

12%
Ad hoc

17%
Long term 
contract

35%
Fixed rental

36%
Recurring

£42.4m
Other costs

£14.6m
Fleet

£38.9m
Property

£223.1m*

£127.2m
People 
(Staff + Agency)

*£9.6 depreciation cost have been excluded.

Looking ahead

The business is making excellent progress in delivering the strategy 
and this is resulting in consistent growth and a business that is 
developing greater capability and more depth. 

Whilst the current operating environment remains challenging, the 
Group has shown its resilience in the recent past and is well set 
to navigate the current challenges and to focus on continuing to 
demonstrate strategic growth.

18

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study

University of Manchester laboratory 
relocation

Restore Harrow Green Laboratory 
Relocation for Yourgene Health

The University of Manchester is part of the prestigious Russell 
Group of universities, with outstanding facilities and the widest 
range of courses. Highly respected across the globe as a centre of 
teaching excellence and innovative research.

Yourgene Health is a leading integrated technologies and services 
business, enabling the delivery of genomic medicine. The group 
works in partnership with global leaders in DNA technology to 
advance diagnostic science.

Restore Harrow Green were appointed to relocate 75 laboratories, 
which included 3,000 large items and tens of thousands of bench 
top items, 2,000 staff and students from ten buildings on the 
existing north campus to the purpose-built new facility and a few 
other buildings on the main campus. 

We were involved in supporting the University Move Team with 
enhancing their processes which included, roles and responsibilities, 
countdown documents, enabling works document to complement 
their “Move plan pack” and develop the relocation programme.

The team completed a number of elements for the customer 
including working alongside the construction contractor in 
conducting familiarisation tours by department of the areas they 
were to occupy. Together we led and worked collectively to deliver 
any change requirements in line with the relocation programme. 

Our relocation programme was also the driver for engaging and co-
ordinating the lab equipment providers who came from as far afield as 
China, Taiwan, North America and all over Europe, quite a challenge 
considering there were still pandemic restrictions at this time.

We engaged specialist heavy lift companies to support where 
required, some of these items included an 11 tonne transformer for 
the High Voltage Laboratory, an Avery Test rig from the early 1970’s 
which had to be stripped and rebuilt in its entirety along with a 
Northrop Shuttle weaving loom.

The relocation went smoothly and was completed in the 
planned and agreed timescales, and within budget. There 
was minimal disruption caused to the research and the 
programme worked around teaching with no downtime 
for the teams.

Restore Harrow Green Laboratory Services worked with the Yourgene 
team and completed the multi-phase relocation in Manchester.

The team completed a number of elements for the customer including:

From the start our project manager: 

•  Completed site audits and surveys to ensure we had all the 

required information to allow for a successful relocation project,

•  Measured all delicate laboratory equipment to ensure that 

specialist bespoke packaging was made and used to ensure 
equipment wasn’t damaged during transit,

•  Designed a suitable programme of works throughout the phases 

to ensure minimal science downtime,

•  Obtained all the required information to safely and legally relocate 

chemicals and samples under ADR regulations, 

•  Completed packing and relocation meetings and advised of best 

practice,

• Completed regular planning meetings with key stakeholders,

The team completed:

•  Packing/relocation/unpacking and positioning of equipment of 30 

HGV loads over the relocation phases, 

•  Supplied DGSA (Dangerous Goods Safety Advisor) and ADR 
drivers to oversee and complete the relocation of chemicals 
and samples, including supplying specialist UN compliant 
temperature controlled sample shippers and chemical crates,

•  Supplied bespoke crating and packaging/packing/moved/

unpacked some very delicate and expensive analytical equipment, 

The move was completed below the budgeted amount and our 
team were very reactive to changes in the client’s programme 
requirements that were needed. 

“I just wanted to say a huge thank you to you and your 
team for all the support during our move. Mark, nothing 
but high praise for him, his team went above and beyond to 
ensure a lot of pressure was taken off myself and my team.”

Sarah, Operations Manager, Genomic Services

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

19

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement

Charles Bligh

“Our growth strategy 
delivered strong results in 
2022. We are winning in the 
market and our essential 
services are needed more 
than ever by customers”

Adjusted earnings per share (p)*

7.4

10.5

12.3

15.6

17.9

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Adjusted EPS prior to 2019 excluded IFRS16 and share-based payments

2019

2020

2021

2022

15.0

22.4

25.2

27.6

23.2

23.2

24.3

* Accounting standard change 2019 to adopt IFRS16 and policy change to charge share-based  
payments to adjusted profit.

Dividend per share (p)

2012

1.5

3.2

4.0

5.0

6.0

1.9

2.4

2.4

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Nil

2021

2022

7.2

7.4

Introduction

I am pleased to report a further year of revenue growth, up 19.1% 
leading to another year of record profit delivery. Business activity 
increased during the year and despite the economic and political 
challenges, the business has shown excellent organic revenue 
growth of 11% with acquisition related growth of 8%. 

After ending 2021 strongly and even with COVID-19 restrictions 
in Q1 2022, the business continued to see expansion with activity 
levels rising across the Group. With activity in the economy 
improving, the leadership team had to adapt very quickly to the 
rising inflation and economic changes brought about by the war 
in Ukraine and the political/economic volatility that ensued in H2. 
I have said many times during the last few years that Restore’s 
business model has both highly resilient and growth qualities. We 
saw this demonstrated in 2020 and 2021 as we emerged from the 
pandemic even stronger than before, and we showed the growth 
qualities of the markets we are in as we won small and large 
contracts to drive organic growth. 

Health and Safety

Health and Safety is the first priority across the Group, and I am 
pleased with the year-on-year improvement in our operational 
safety. During the year we continued substantial investment in our 
people, facilities, and technologies to enable improved operational 
safety at the sites and in operating the fleet, as well as improving 
our reporting and monitoring systems. 

We have continued to conduct our programme of internal and external 
audits across all of our operations and continually make improvements 
in policies and procedures. In addition, we carry out regular risk 
assessments to stand-back, learn and plan for more improvement in 
2023. As the Board and I look ahead, our focus is continued expansion 
of technology enabled improvement and on enhancing further the 
culture of preventative safety across the Group, both of which are built 
upon the strong foundation that has been put in place.

20

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTResults

Our financial performance was strong in 2022 with adjusted EBITDA 
increasing +9.8% to £81.5 million, and despite the headwind of rapidly 
increasing interest costs in the year we delivered a record adjusted 
profit before tax of £41.0 million, up +7.6% on 2021, and delivered 
a statutory profit before tax of £23.3 million, up +1.3% on 2021. 
Factoring in the prior year equity raise and the impact of this on the 
weighted average number of shares in issue in 2022 compared to 
2021, we achieved good adjusted basic EPS growth of +4.7% to 24.3 
pence per year, with statutory basic EPS increasing +41.4% to 12.3 
pence per share.

I did highlight throughout the year that as we enter high inflation 
periods the cost base of the company increases at a slightly faster 
rate than our ability to take further actions to reduce cost and also 
increase pricing. Therefore this result, strong as it was, reflects the 
time lag between fast rising inflation and pricing.

On a positive note, a function of the highly contracted nature of 
the revenues is that they have the facility to apply in-contract price 
changes with a high proportion using  backward looking CPI/RPI 
mechanisms. As such, as inflation abates we will see cost and price 
effects first neutralise and then move to a tailwind as cost pressure 
falls but price amendment remains at the higher rate due the lag 
effect of backward-looking price mechanisms.

Going into 2023, the net effect of pricing and inflation is anticipated 
to be neutral to positive on profit, assuming inflation reduces as 
expected.

Cash management in our growing company is a core discipline and 
the team executed strongly on all aspects of cash management. 
We finished the year with net debt at year end of £103.5 million 
delivering an improved leverage ratio of 1.7x. With the substantial cash 
generation capability of the Group combined with future profitable 
growth and the bank facilities we have, there is significant capacity to 
pursue highly accretive and strategic acquisitions when they arise.

For the first time in early 2021 we published our ‘Growth with Quality’ 
strategic growth targets which show the medium-term balanced 
goals including profit growth, Return On Invested Capital (ROIC), Cash 
Conversion and Carbon Emissions and I am delighted we continue 
to deliver against these targets. Investors can be re-assured we are 
focused on driving significant growth in our fragmented markets 
but also growth with higher quality contracted and largely recurring 
profits which fundamentally generates cash to re-invest back into the 
business to drive above average returns for shareholders.

Customers

As previously highlighted, of the 19.1% revenue growth, organic 
growth was 11% and acquisition related growth was 8%. The 
organic revenue growth was largely driven by winning new 
contracts from customers and taking market share versus inflation 
related top line growth. I am very pleased with the improving 
quality of sales experience and execution across the whole sales 
team and at the same time I know there is more we can do to drive 
more pipeline and improve our win rates. 

We had some notable large wins in the year, specifically in Records 
Management with the BBC Heritage contract worth c.£22 million 
over ten years, which is the largest contract win in the Group’s history, 
and the DWP contract which will deliver over £1 million per year. 
Across the Group there were over 3,400 new customers in the year 
which is an increase of 18% (vs prior year new customer increases) 
which shows we can win market share with our excellent reputation 
for delivery and competitive pricing. In addition to attracting new 
customers to the Group we are driving a cross-selling programme 
which I sponsor with the Managing Directors and Sales Directors 
in each business unit. The activity associated with cross-selling is 
gaining more momentum in the business which all contributes to the 
organic growth in the business. There are many activities which drive 
cross-selling from the large to small customers, but one activity is 
referrals. Any employee can refer any opportunity which can deliver 
an incentive to them and in 2022 there were 1,000 referrals.

21

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive Officer’s Statement continued

Acquisitions 

Delivering Significant Growth 

We completed five acquisitions in the year with three smaller bolt-
on acquisitions in Restore Records Management, one acquisition 
in Restore Technology with Ultratec, and one acquisition in Restore 
Harrow Green. The total consideration of the acquisitions net of 
cash was £12.3 million.

People

With another year of record revenues driving higher activity 
levels, we end the year with an increasing number of employees 
across our 91 UK sites and we are immensely proud to be a strong 
regional employer across the length and breadth of the UK. 

The number of permanent employees at the end of 2022 was 
2,881, which is an increase of 4.4% compared to 2,760 at the end 
of 2021, and our average agency workforce was 324 FTE for the 
year. We invested in training and development across the business 
from operations to sales and we have started for the first time in 
the company history, training of our management and leadership 
talent with the new ‘Leading at Restore’ programme. After 
significant changes in the top c.60 leaders in the business over the 
last 2 years, we have recruited into the business another 6 senior 
hires in sales, marketing and operations, with further leaders being 
awarded promotions during the year as we grow and build the 
team to deliver on the significant growth plans.

I am also delighted that in 2022 we committed to and signed the 
Armed Forces Charter to support our veterans and reservists and 
our target is to become a Gold member over the coming years.

Investing for Growth

We continued to invest in our facilities in 2022 to support growth. 
In Restore Records Management we commissioned a new 
warehouse in Heywood which will have a 1 million box capacity, 
and we are well advanced on discussions to add further capacity 
with further warehouses. In Restore Datashred we upgraded our 
Welsh shredding centre in Bedwas. 

We delivered in the year improvements to the digital infrastructure 
of the Group and also made progress on operating systems which 
will be implemented in 2023. Notably two business units (Restore 
Datashred and Restore Technology) will be replacing their ERP 
systems during 2023 on the back of development and testing in 
2022 to drive significant benefits for customers and efficiencies 
in the business. The finance function is also undertaking a major 
transformation with consolidation to one technology platform. We 
have invested in further IT tools and security measures to improve 
our Cyber Defences and I am delighted we have renewed our Cyber 
Essentials Plus certification.

We have improved our physical assets security in 2022 with the 
commissioning of a new Physical Security Operations Centre to 
consolidate the 24/7 monitoring of our sites which will also include 
our mobile assets in the future (vans/trucks). We have plans over 
the next 2 years to invest even further to improve our security 
posture which will ensure we lead in our markets. 

Our strategy is to deliver significant growth, over and above market 
growth levels, through organic market share gains, accretive and 
cash generative acquisitions and delivering margin growth using 
our scale advantage. The medium-term goal is to scale towards 
£450-500 million in revenues and therefore increase Group 
adjusted EBITDA to c.£150 million. 2022 adjusted EBITDA was 
£81.5 million and 2019 adjusted EBITDA was £70.0 million, meaning 
the business has experienced 16.4% growth in adjusted EBITDA 
over that 3 year period.

With these and prior results we have demonstrated that we can 
grow above the market when the wider economy is growing and 
also when there is uncertainty as shown during the pandemic 
periods. We also know that in the coming years, with perhaps 
slower economic growth, we can still continue to grow, because 
in simple terms, we deliver essential services which saves money 
for medium to large private/public sector organisations. We also 
deliver services that customers cannot do themselves at the same 
scale, service level and cost. During low to negative economic 
growth periods, organisations are looking to save money and they 
can outsource more to us and reduce their costs. Therefore we 
are confident in our ability to continue to grow with strong sales 
and delivery execution. We do not take this for granted which is 
why we invest in service innovation and customer experience to 
have the best customer satisfaction, trust, and certainty of delivery 
for our customers leading to repeat business and cross-selling 
opportunities.

Looking at the wider market trends in the UK and around the world 
the forces which drive growth in our markets are:

1) Digitisation

2) Security of Data

3) Flexible working, and 

4) Sustainable working in a low carbon economy.

These are forces which have been persistent for the last  
20-40 years and we see these forces only growing in intensity and 
size in the future, which underpins our confidence in the growth of 
our markets. The services we provide favour providers with scale 
which drives down unit costs and therefore being either a number 
one or number two provider in the markets we operate in is key to 
our success going forward. 

ESG

We announced our new ESG Strategy in Q4 2021 called ‘Restoring 
our World’ and I have been pleased with the enthusiasm and focus 
of the whole Restore team to drive the changes we need. We have 
actions and targets for the areas that matter for our business to 
make an impact, in particular in the area of carbon emissions. We 
have bold targets of Net Zero by 2035 for Scope 1 & 2 emissions 
and 50% reduction in our Scope 3 emissions by 2030. As a result 
of rising activity levels in the business, in 2022 we did increase our 
overall Scope 1, 2 & 3 emissions by 3.5%. However, over the same 
period revenue increased 19.1%. Therefore, as a result, our carbon 
emissions per £1 million of revenue decreased by 12.5% which 
is positive, with emissions per employee similarly decreasing by 
12.5%, also showing we are making a difference in the business. 

22

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTWe have plans to drive the transition to electric vehicle which is a 
large part of our current emissions, and we are also looking to do 
much more with our supplier base to reduce emissions into the 
business.

Digital and Information Management

Our Digital and Information Management division comprises 
Restore Records Management and Restore Digital. For 2022 
revenue was £168.2 million, up 21.6% on 2021 with adjusted 
operating profit of £47.4 million, up £11.5% on 2021.

Restore Records Management

Restore Records Management delivered strong growth of 12.1% 
in revenue during 2022 with total revenue of £113.7 million, which 
includes organic revenue growth of 8.9%. Total net box growth was 
1.6% including good organic growth at 1.2% (vs 1.3% in 2021 vs 
0.9% in 2020).

It was a record year of customer wins which underpinned the 1.6% 
net box growth in 2022 and indeed underpins the growth we expect 
in 2023. As I previously mentioned, we won the largest contract in the 
Group’s history with the BBC for c.£22 million and also a large contract 
with the Department for Work and Pensions of c.£1 million per year 
in revenues. Both wins will result in the transfer of documents/items 
from facilities managed by the BBC/DWP which demonstrates there is 
still a substantial amount of opportunity for unvended storage to grow 
the market. In addition to these larger wins, we experienced a record 
number of new customers with 286 new customer wins in 2022 
which is a 36% increase on 2021. Going into 2023 we have a strong 
pipeline of potential new customers to power the organic growth 
going forward. We have over 60% of our 2023 new box target already 
confirmed.

Storage revenues grew by 8% during the year and service revenue 
grew by 21% to £32 million because of an increase in project 
revenues primarily in the public sector. We believe customer 
activity levels have normalised after COVID-19 and we are seeing 
an increase in discussions in activity around projects to manage 
their inventories which were postponed during 2020/2021 because 
of COVID-19. 

We implemented price changes throughout the year with CPI or 
RPI increases (backward facing) as applicable depending on the 
contractual terms. Given the rapid inflation increase from May to 
December, the price increases did not fully cover cost increases 
causing tailwinds in the business, but in 2023 we expect much higher 
increases with the full impact of the high inflation kicking in to offset 
the cost increases. We are also seeing our competition implementing 
significant price increases in the market.

We made three bolt-on acquisitions in Restore Records 
Management during the year with a total value of £0.7 million with 
all the boxes transferred to existing facilities. 

We have an 8-10 year strategy to rationalise sub scale or high cost 
sites as and when leases expire and in 2022, we closed four sites 
with a total box count of 270 thousand  and have other sites in the 
process of being consolidated.

As a result of the new net wins, acquisitions, and rationalisation 
of sites we ended the year with an occupancy rate (utilisation of 

the available capacity) of 97% which is a very substantial increase 
from the start of the year which was 89%. This occupancy rate is 
higher than we would like, as it drives extra costs and can constrain 
growth. It has resulted from the fast pace of client wins and, as 
such, we are actively looking to accelerate further expansion plans 
and our search for new sites to cater for the growth we see in 
the immediate term but also over the next 10 years. We expect 
over the next 10 years boxes under management to grow from 
c.22 million to over 25 million based on organic growth and in 
addition further expansion will be needed for acquisitions.

We continue to deliver for customers and our reputation 
on Trustpilot with over 405 reviews shows 4.5 stars and an 
‘Excellent’ rating which also complements our internal customer 
satisfactions surveys and account reviews. Having said this, to 
make the experience even better, we are investing in our portals 
and technology for our warehouse and drivers. These should not 
only improve the customer experience but deliver improvements 
in productivity in our facilities. We are taking the learnings in 
our Restore Datashred business and using these to improve the 
planning for service deliveries to drive route density efficiency as 
we scale the business.

The short and long term customer trends in the market are positive 
which underpins our confidence in organic growth. The market 
is still fragmented which means there is significant acquisition 
opportunity to further improve the scale of the business. 
Combining this growth and the productivity improvements we 
know exist and cost reductions as we rationalise various sites 
across the UK, means we are confident in the ability to significantly 
grow revenue and deliver significant profit growth over the short to 
medium term. 

Restore Digital

Restore Digital revenues continued to increase substantially with 
revenues up 47.7% to £54.5 million, driven by excellent organic 
revenue growth of 25.0% with acquisition related growth of 22.7%. 

Over the last 3 years the business has transformed from a 
c.£20 million revenue business with a focus on large scale scanning 
to be a multi service business with over £50 million in revenues. 
The revenues are much higher quality, longer term contracted in 
nature, and more in the high growth areas of cloud, consulting 
and business process outsourcing. We are leading the markets we 
operate in but with overall 16% market share in growing markets 
we have substantial room to grow.

With strong execution and improved market leadership we are 
seeing good win rates with customers and we are now bidding 
and winning contracts we would not be considered for in the 
past, therefore opening up further growth potential. Although 
we enjoy winning large scale 3-12 month projects, the market 
dynamics mean our teams are increasingly focused on customer 
engagement, which have longer term (multi year) annuity services, 
which involve our cloud and software offerings combined into a 
Business Process Outsourcing service.

Restore Digital won a significant contract with HMRC to digitise a 
large archive of records held on microfilm and microfiche. The records 
date back to the 1960’s and are accessed daily by HMRC for historic 

23

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive Officer’s Statement continued

employment queries by the public. Requiring a complex IT setup 
due to the volume of data, Restore Digital are scanning c.6.5 million 
images per day using industry leading microfilm / fiche scanners 
which will be used for over 12 months until late summer 2023.

Restore Digital has also partnered with Softcat to support Digital 
Transformation, addressing the complex, customer-specific 
requirements within the wider NHS. The first contract win was with 
a Northern England NHS where Restore Digital was chosen as a 
preferred partner of Softcat to provide digitisation and data hosting 
services to the Trust (contract value of c. £0.9 million). These 
services will help the Trust meet the technical challenge of linking 
complex systems together, putting in the right infrastructure, 
standards, and security measures with the emergence of new 
digital systems and services, such as; Cloud, Robotic Process 
Automation and Artificial Intelligence.

With increased scale, the team also delivered strong productivity 
improvements in the year and combined with the larger mix of 
higher profit services, the business improved margins year over 
year. We did experience higher staff costs, as expected with the 
higher inflation in the year, but this was also partly offset with a 
relentless focus on costs and driving efficiency with technology 
investments to drive long term productivity improvements. We 
have not been constrained by availability of people to support 
growth and the regional nature of our operation spreads this load  
across the UK.

The long term trends for Restore Digital are very positive as 
we have described in the last few years. Over the last 10 years 
customers are seeing increasing ways to monetise the data (of 
which a substantial amount is in paper records) they have in 
their organisation, and we see this trend continuing for the next 
20+ years. Customers are looking to drive new revenue streams 

with the creation of new products or services or looking for insight 
to drive operational efficiency with new IT investments. Ensuring 
you have customer data from the past (largely in physical form) 
and the future is important and customers are looking to their 
physical and digital records suppliers to help them unlock these 
benefits. Our focus is to help customers in a physical document 
environment to a hybrid of physical/digital records and workflow 
processes to a pure digital workflow. We are uniquely placed with 
both a physical records business and a scale digital business to 
help customers navigate this often complex and long term issue 
which can drive significant profits for our customers.

Changes in the workplace are favourable with services like Digital 
Mailroom which remove the need for customers to have onsite 
mailroom employees and this also enhances their ability to change 
their property portfolios. Hybrid working increases the need to be 
more digital and we offer a complete physical to digital service, and 
with our consulting, cloud and software assets we help customers 
in this journey. The services we provide come with attractive 
financial profiles for Restore Digital comprising a mixture of project 
and multi year contracted revenues.

The medium term strategy is to grow to more than £80 million in 
revenues through an organic growth plan. Acquisitions provide 
further opportunity to accelerate this plan and build a business 
of even greater scale and service offering. Over the last 3 years 
we have moved the business from a business with c.80% of 
the revenues from large scale scanning and this is now reduced 
to represent only around half of the business. The other half of 
the revenues are Cloud, Consulting, SaaS and Business Process 
Outsourcing which are higher margin in nature, often with long 
term contracts. Our intention is to focus on these higher margin 
services while maintaining our leadership position as the “go to” 
provider for large scale and complex scanning services.

24

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTSecure Lifecycle Services

Our Secure Lifecycle Services Division comprises Restore 
Technology, Restore Datashred and Restore Harrow Green. For 
2022 revenue was £110.8 million, up 15.4% on 2021 with adjusted 
operating profit of £11.8 million, up 0.9% on 2021.

Restore Technology

Restore Technology continued to grow significantly based on 
organic growth and acquisition activity, both in-year and from the 
effect of prior year acquisitions. The business delivered revenue of 
£35.8 million (2021: £28.1 million) an increase of 27.4%, which we 
believe gives us a market share of approximately 6% showing the 
enormous opportunity to grow organically and with acquisitions to 
consolidate a fragmented market.

The medium term focus of the business is to increase our scale in 
end of life processing of IT equipment and to build out our ability 
to process Intel PC/Laptops, Apple Laptops, Servers, Networking 
equipment and all types of hard disk technologies. We made very 
good progress in 2022 which saw us increase our processing of 
assets by 14% to 1.6 million (2021: 1.4 million) across the 7 core 
operating sites, and invest further in skills to process the different 
technologies described above.

In addition to recycling end of life assets, a significant number of 
customers in the private and public sector have the most stringent 
security and require us to completely destroy old IT assets. We are 
the most trusted and leading provider in the UK with the highest 
levels of certification. As a result we saw IT destruction revenues 
increase by 18.5% during the year which was largely driven by 
organic growth, and we expect this to continue going forward.

We also deliver important services in the pre and mid life of an IT 
asset to help customers configure and deploy IT equipment and 
update/change equipment during its life. Our pre and mid-life 
services grew by 34.6% during the year.

We did experience a slower increase in assets collected during 
the year than predicted as a result of the wider slow down in IT 
investment, after the significant increase in 2021. We had to quickly 
adjust our cost base, but the overall change was profit impacting 
during the year. However we exited the year with the right cost 
structure for the volume and we continue to invest in sales and 
marketing to drive market share gains to further increase volume 
in 2023.

Across all our services we derive our revenues from both direct 
customers and through the partner channel (IT Vendors, IT 
Resellers, Network vendors, Network Resellers, leasing companies 
etc). Three years ago, the revenues of the business were largely 
derived from direct customers which accounted for over c.90% 
of the revenues. Moving forward, we want to grow our direct 
customer base, but we want to significantly grow our partner 
channel, which will ensure we access more of the available market 
to underpin our growth. We have a dedicated Partner Sales team 
who are delivering excellent growth in the key channel partners 
in the UK market. We expect over the medium term to generate 
roughly the same revenues from direct and partner customers.

Our acquisition strategy continued with the acquisition of 
Ultratec in May of 2022. Ultratec brings on board over c.£7 million 
of annualised revenue across three business streams. Its core 
business is the trading and handling of recovered hard drives. 
Ultratec has the largest stock holding of historic hard drives and 
customers from across the world use the business for upgrades 
and replacements into their current and legacy platforms. Ultratec 
has a large customer base in the UK, which fully compliments the 
Technology partner business. 

Ultratec developed and patented a platform called Genesis that 
can recover hard drives that have failed during industry standard 
software wiping of data (i.e. Blancco, Youwipe). This offers a unique 
opportunity for Restore Technology as approximately 30% of hard 
drives fail when being wiped. Historically, these are then destroyed 
(to make safe the data they are storing) with minimal value but 
using the Ultratec Genesis platform, there is the opportunity to 
further recover over 80% of these failed drives, wipe them and 
then resell at the relevant market price. Ultratec also provides this 
Genesis platform on a rental model (SaaS model) to a number of 
international partners, and we see this highly contracted service 
offering as providing further growth opportunities for the business.

The Technology team continue to integrate the three companies 
acquired in 2021 (CDL, PRM Green and the Bookyard) into the 
existing national footprint. The Bookyard has been successfully re-
located into a purpose-built Apple facility in the Runcorn location 
from which we see enormous opportunity to grow with Apple 
IT assets. This will form the hub for the majority of Apple assets 
processed across the wider business.

Restore Technology remains focused on driving both organic 
and acquisitive growth in an extremely fragmented market. The 
business offers our partners scale in IT Recycling services and the 
immediate ability to complement their own services and offer a 
full lifecycle into their customer base. In return Restore Technology 
gains quick traction into the in-situ customer bases at a reduced 
cost to on-board. 

The long-term trends of using more IT assets in organisations 
coupled with the risk associated with security of data and 
environmental concerns for end-of-life assets means that building 
a large IT Recycling/Lifecycle business using scale to drive down 
costs presents a significant opportunity to grow shareholder value. 
We believe there is substantial opportunity to improve the margins 
of the business as we scale and drive productivity improvements. 
Given we are a leader in the market with only 6% market share, 
and with full national coverage with expertise across all technology 
types from Intel, Apple, and various hard drives, we see ample 
opportunity to grow.

Restore Datashred

Restore Datashred, a market leading secure shredding and paper 
recycling business had a strong year with revenue up 23.8% to 
£37.4 million (2021: £30.2 million) which was driven by a 19% 
increase in service visits for the year, recycled paper tonnage 
collected was up 11% and we also experienced strong paper prices 
throughout the year.

25

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive Officer’s Statement continued

After the last COVID-19 restrictions were lifted in late Q1 22 we 
saw a steady increase in customer visits throughout the year. 
This demonstrates the continual re-activation of customers for 
the service driven by the post pandemic increase in workers 
in the various offices (large and small) and wider public sector 
organisations across the UK. We are now operating at c.8% below 
pandemic volumes which we believe has now stabilised and expect 
growth to come from growing the number of customers taking our 
service.

The market for recovered paper continued to improve from the 
paper mills across the UK and Europe. Their focus is improved 
quality of paper, and this favours our business given we have the 
highest quality recycled white paper. The average paper price 
throughout the year was £238 per tonne which was a 29% increase 
on 2021.

We are winning in the market with our consistently high levels 
of responsiveness and customer service backed by the national 
network giving customers a one stop shop. We increased the 
number of customers taking our service in 2022 by 10% versus 
pre pandemic levels. There were several key wins across the year 
with a sizeable new national telecommunications customer, where 
Restore Datashred, Restore Harrow Green and Restore Technology 
are providing an office closure program initially for 900 offices. This 
opportunity will continue into 2023. Additionally, as part of the 
push in digital marketing Restore Datashred onboarded over 2,812 
customers that are new to the Group.

Operational efficiency is a relentless focus of the team, and we 
delivered further increases in productivity during the year based 
on better on the day execution and also using analytics and data 
to drive changes in operations. The team continued to focus on 
optimising our fleet with a mix of different vehicles from vans 
to small and large trucks to fit the profile of the work we do 
(onsite shredding vs offsite). We also moved and converted our 
destruction facility in Rugby to a collection facility in a shared 
location with Records Management, Coventry. All these changes 
have resulted in further productivity in the year, with the number 
of visits per driver, per day, increasing and the number of miles per 
visit down by c.15% (versus 2021). Combined, this delivers savings 
on fuel, maintenance and delivers overall cost reductions.

Customer satisfaction was again, excellent throughout the year 
with an increase in our Trustpilot score to 4.7/5, and we improved 
our market leading NPS score to 76 (2021: 72.5). Our digital 
transformation drive continues, with a focus on automation to 
streamline our processes, enhancing our customer experience. We 
launched additional Homeshred services which means we offer 
the most comprehensive, fully compliant, home worker solution 
in the market. We will be upgrading the core IT system (ERP) of 
the business in H1 2023 and from this we expect to improve the 
‘ease of use’ for customers to service online and allow us to deliver 
further operational improvements on a growing customer base.

As a paper recycler, the environmental priority is a core part of 
what we do, but customers are asking for more, specifically 
Net Zero carbon solutions. It is relatively easy to provide a 
shredding service badged as Net Neutral using carbon offsets, 
but customers are challenging how we can deliver with Net Zero. 

Onsite shredding has been a popular service in the last 20 years, 
but it does produce significant carbon with the engine constantly 
powering the shredder in the truck at a customer site. Contrast this 
with offsite shredding where we pickup ‘bins’ or ‘sacks’ of whole 
paper in normal box trucks, securely transport to our facilities 
where we are using renewable power in the shredding centre. We 
are leading in both services, but we are seeing growing requests 
from customers to deliver Net Zero vs Net Neutral, and this favours 
our business model with national scale offsite shredding facilities. 
To be fully Net Zero we need a wider variety of electric vehicles, 
and we are trialling Electric Vehicle and expect over the next 3-5 
years this to be more popular than onsite diesel service.

In addition to the environmental concern the highest priority of our 
customers is the security of data with their shredding service, and 
we see both the security of data and environmental concerns to 
only grow in priority around the board table of our customers. 

Our strategy is to grow the business both organically and through 
acquisitions which increases our scale and over time to deliver 
a Net Zero service. I am delighted with the progress made by 
the team over the last few years and our focus is to continue to 
grow the customer base through organic expansion and driving 
down our costs with further scale effects. The wider market is 
very fragmented, and we believe there will be consolidation 
going forward and we are ideally situated to acquire businesses 
and incorporate them into the existing footprint of the business 
delivering strong synergies.

Restore Harrow Green

Restore Harrow Green delivered a solid year with stable revenues 
of £37.6 million (2021: £37.7 million). As previously announced 
the Ministry of Defence (DAS) contract ended in Q1 of 2022 and 
adjusting for this contract the business achieved underlying growth 
of 8% on prior year. The year was characterised by a lot of smaller 
to medium projects as customers reconfigured their office space to 
work in a post COVID-19 environment. We see this favourable trend 
continuing in 2023 and beyond. We did expect to see the larger 
projects which were postponed in 2020 and 2021 start to deliver 
in 2022 but with construction delays across the wider commercial 
market we have only now started the preparatory work and expect 
these larger projects to deliver in 2023 and 2024.

A strategic focus is to build our storage revenues and we delivered 
£4.4 million of storage revenues in 2022, up 7.3% (2021: £4.1 
million) on prior year. We are now at 96% utilisation across our 
9 sites, and we are in active discussions to add more capacity given 
the long run growth trend as customers seek more flexible working 
space and then store furniture/equipment to call on as needed.

We are delighted with the success in the Life Sciences/
Pharmaceutical market. Revenues in this segment are £3.8 million 
which is a 450% increase on prior year. Our Cambridge facility 
opened in 2021 and is operating ahead of expectation with storage 
utilisation of over 90%. 

As always, the team showed strong cost control and with our 
flexible labour model we could flex our resources to meet the 
demands of our customers. Increased utilisation of our assets 
helped drive further efficiencies and reduced our variable costs.

26

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOutlook

Looking ahead we see strong demand for our essential services 
which saves our customers money. This is the major focus of our 
customers given the weak economic backdrop in the UK in the 
short term.

The trends in our market have been positive for the last 20 - 40 
years. With market growth expected to continue and together with 
our high win rates, I have confidence in our ability to continue to 
drive strong organic growth in the future. 

We are increasing prices as appropriate at CPI/RPI in most cases, 
and driving investments to improve our productivity, with a 
relentless focus on cost as we scale.

Although we do not envisage acquisitions in H1 2023 the pipeline 
for buying cash generative and EPS accretive businesses with 
strong returns based on synergies, is substantial. With pricing of 
assets becoming more balanced we see opportunity to grow with 
acquisitions later in 2023 and consistently over the medium term 
as outlined in our profit growth plans.

Over the medium term, the high growth strategy based on above 
market organic growth, accretive acquisitions, and margin growth 
as we scale gives us confidence in the goal to grow revenues from 
c.£280 million to between £450-500 million, and substantially 
increasing adjusted EBITDA to c.£150 million.

Trading since the start of the year has been in line with the Board’s 
expectations.

Charles Bligh | Chief Executive Officer

15 March 2023

Although some larger projects moved into 2023/24, we did deliver 
some major projects such as the University of Manchester MECD 
relocation (the biggest undertaking of its type in the UK), University 
of Glasgow Arc Institute, Preston Museum Harris project, Salford 
University Science and Engineering relocation, HMRC clearance 
projects and supported the Commonwealth Games.

The uncertainty surrounding hybrid working deliberation, delays 
on construction projects and a lack of high grade ESG compliant 
properties also impacted on potential project works, however, 
as the year progressed, we saw an increase in major quoting 
opportunities across our core businesses. We also continued 
to maintain our high win rate when bidding for work. Examples 
include Apple, Credit Agricole, T Rowe Price, BT, EDF Energy, 
Skadden, Hogan Lovells, BPP, Burberry and Ted Baker. In addition, 
we successfully secured national agreements with HSBC, Emcor 
and BT which will generate a major revenue stream for Restore 
Harrow Green throughout 2023 and beyond. We were also 
successful in retaining key clients such as Anglia Ruskin University, 
Southwark Council and Kirklees Council. 

Although our competitors have bid aggressively during the last few 
years, we continued to maintain high win rates demonstrating that 
our track record on delivering complex projects and the trust in 
our brand to stick to quoted pricing resulted in us securing several 
large opportunities, showing that clients still value excellent service 
and robust, accurate budgeting. The outlook for large projects is 
looking positive with a number of long-term projects in the pipeline 
which we estimate will have significant values (circa £800K+), 
and these are spread across both office relocation and specialist 
Pharma and heritage sectors. Most notably the BBC Archives 
relocation starting in Q2 2023 in conjunction with Restore Records 
Management.

Our acquisition focus in Restore Harrow Green is to look for bolt on 
opportunities which provide additional scope of services aligned 
to the business strategy. We are delighted in Q4 2022 to acquire 
CAMA Workspace for consideration net of cash of £2.6 million. 
CAMA Workspace was a family-run company providing premium 
corporate moves and services for more than 100 years, uniquely 
over 40% of the business was in long term storage with a total 
revenue of c.£2 million. In addition, a majority of the customers are 
not active customers across the wider business.

Over the next 12-24 months we expect increasing activity from 
larger projects deferred over the last three years, along with the 
constant growth of companies looking to downsize, upsize or 
regionalise their businesses across the UK to drive down costs and 
access the needed skills and staff. 

Restore Harrow Green’s strategy is to grow organically and expand 
into new customer segments that value certainty of delivery as 
demonstrated with our Life Sciences investment in Cambridge. 
Although the strategy is focused on organic growth, we will 
look at acquisition opportunities that may present themselves 
to strengthen our service proposition and target key customer 
segments. Restore Harrow Green has a pre-eminent customer list 
across all industries and public sector organisations which also 
supports additional cross-selling opportunities from the wider 
Group.

27

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTChief Financial Officer’s Statement

Neil Ritchie

“Restore has delivered strong 
growth in challenging 
conditions, demonstrating the 
resilient nature of the business.” 

Financial Highlights

Overview

Revenue

Adjusted profit before tax1

Statutory profit before tax

Adjusted EBITDA1 

Free cashflow2

2022
£m

2021
£m

279.0

234.3

41.0

23.3

81.5

34.6

38.1

23.0

74.2

31.5

Net debt (pre IFRS16)

103.5

100.8

%

19%

8%

1%

10%

10%

3%

1  Reconciled on page 70

2  Reconciled on page 73

Revenue growth (%)

Organic

 Acquisition 

Records 
Management

9%

3%

Digital 

25%

23%

Technology

5% 22%

Datashred

22%

2%

Harrow 
Green 

-1%

1%

0

10

20

30

40

50

I am pleased to report that Restore has delivered a further year of 
growth for the year ended 31 December 2022 with a 19.1% increase 
in revenues to £279.0 million, an 7.6% increase in adjusted profit 
before tax to £41.0 million and a small increase in statutory profit 
before tax to £23.3 million.

The strong revenue expansion is driven by organic growth of 11% 
with acquisition effects providing a further 8% growth. As a result, 
adjusted EBITDA, after the effects of IFRS16, increased 9.8% to £81.5 
million with adjusted EBITDA before the effects of IFRS16, as used 
for covenant calculations, growing by 10.7% to £59.9 million.

The growth in profits is especially pleasing given the challenging 
economic conditions and this robust performance illustrates the 
resilient nature of Restore and its ability to adapt to changing 
conditions. 

Five acquisitions were made during the year with Restore 
Technology acquiring Ultratec (Holdings) Limited, a hard drive 
recovery business for £9.0 million net of cash in May, three bolt on 
acquisitions in Restore Records Management for £0.7 million and 
a small acquisition of a commercial storage and logistics business, 
CAMA Workspace Ltd, by Restore Harrow Green for £2.6 million net 
of cash in October.

Good cash generation continues to be a key characteristic of the 
business with cash conversion of 82% for 2022 (2021: 104%) and 
leverage reduced to 1.7x at 31 December 2022 (2021: 1.8x).

The business exits 2022 in good condition and as we look ahead to 
2023, we are focussed on pricing, cost and cash in the near term 
whilst continuing to develop our strategy for growth through organic 
expansion and strategic acquisitions for capability and scale.

28

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTIncome statement and profit performance

The business increased in scale during 2022 and has delivered 
underlying organic growth whilst successfully integrating the 
acquisitions made in 2021 and 2022.

Restore Records Management achieved a further year of strong 
box growth of 1.6% with major contract wins for the Department 
of Work and Pensions and BBC Heritage providing the business 
with a solid platform for growth in 2023 and overall revenue growth 
of 12% for 2022. 

Restore Harrow Green has transitioned in 2022, filling the gap 
created through the loss of its sub-contracted work for Ministry 
of Defence relocations, into expansion in the regions and storage 
incomes with overall revenues flat year on year. 

Adjusted operating margins remained strong at 18.6% (2021: 
19.7%) with the benefit of increased scale but slight dilution due 
to an increased proportion of Restore Digital within the mix and a 
time lag between price increases and cost inflation.

Restore Digital had an outstanding year with revenue growth of 
48%, benefitting from the successful integration of EDM, acquired 
in 2021, incremental contract wins and expansion with existing 
customers through deepening the level of service provision.

The Group’s adjusted profit before tax increased to £41.0 million for 
the year (2021: £38.1 million), an increase of 7.6%. The statutory 
profit before tax also increased to £23.3 million (2021: £23.0 
million).

Restore Technology provided good revenue growth at 27% but this 
was lower than the high bar we set for the business with the asset 
supply side proving less of a tailwind than expected, largely due to 
production issues in new assets coming to market. That said, the 
downstream demand for refurbished assets remained very strong.

Restore Datashred visits increased in the year and with strong 
paper pricing, the business has enjoyed a good performance with 
revenue growth of 24%.

The increased profits reflect the strong organic and acquisition 
related revenue growth, offset by the significant year on year 
increase in interest cost from bank borrowings of £2.4 million that 
resulted from the rapid increase in interest rates. 

Revenue

Restore Records Management

Restore Digital

Digital and Information Management

Restore Technology

Restore Datashred

Restore Harrow Green

Secure Lifecycle Services

Total

2022
£m

113.7

54.5

168.2

35.8

37.4

37.6

110.8

279.0

2021
£m

101.4

36.9

138.3

28.1

30.2

37.7

96.0

234.3

Organic 
£m

Acquisition
£m

9.1

9.2

18.3

1.4

6.5

(0.4)

7.5

25.8

3.2

8.4

11.6

6.3

0.7

0.3

7.3

18.9

YoY
£m

12.3

17.6

29.9

7.7

7.2

(0.1)

14.8

44.7

29

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTChief Financial Officer’s Statement continued

Adjusting items 

Due to the nature of certain income or costs, the Directors 
believe that an alternative measure of profit before tax and 
earnings per share provides readers of the annual report with a 
useful representation of the Group’s performance that should be 
considered together with statutory profit and earnings per share.

The adjusting items in arriving at adjusted profit before tax are as 
follows:

The 4.7% increase in adjusted basic earnings per share to 
24.3 pence (2021: 23.2 pence) results from a 7.6% increase in 
adjusted profit after tax and a 2.9% increase in the weighted 
average number of shares.

Statutory basic EPS grew by 41.4% to 12.3 pence as a result 
of profit growth in the year and a non-cash deferred tax cost 
adjustment impacting the prior year as a result of the increase to 
UK corporation tax rate.

Amortisation

Acquisition transaction/advisory costs

Restructuring and redundancy

Property related costs

Strategic IT reorganisation

Other adjusting items

Total adjusting items

2022
£m

12.1

1.4

2.6

0.9

0.7

-

17.7

2021
£m

10.7

1.2

2.4

-

-

0.8

15.1

Financing and interest expense 

Net debt closed the year at £103.5 million (2021: £100.8 million) 
with leverage reducing from 1.8x to 1.7x as a result of the increased 
adjusted EBITDA.

31 December  
2019

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2021

31 December  
2022

£88.5m £66.1m £100.8m  103.5 

1.6x

1.8x

1.8x

1.7x

Net debt

Leverage

The £2.6 million increase in adjusting items is largely due to an 
increase in amortisation of £1.4 million principally arising on 
acquisitions, acquisition and restructuring costs incurred in the 
year, the settlement of an unusually high charge on the exit from 
a property and investment to deliver strategic IT programmes 
that due to the nature of cloud-based accounting are expensed 
as incurred. Investment of c.£4 million is planned across Finance, 
HR and other systems over 3 years with the in-year cost of these 
programmes £0.7 million in 2022.

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Adjusted basic earnings per share are calculated by reference to 
the adjusted profit for the year, less a standard tax charge, to the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year.

Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share are calculated by 
reference of the adjusted profit for the year, less a standard tax 
charge, to the weighted average number of shares in issue and 
options granted over the shares of the Group.

2022

2021

Weighted average number of shares  
in issue

136,761,738

132,932,784

Weighted average fully diluted number 
of shares in issue

138,025,803

137,669,498

Adjusted profit before tax (£’m)

Tax at 19.0% (£’m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£’m)

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share

41.0

(7.8)

33.2

24.3p

24.1p

38.1

(7.2)

30.9

23.2p

22.4p

Interest expense relating to bank borrowings increased to £5.0 
million due an increase in the average debt balance for the year as a 
whole and the increase in interest rates from 0.25% to 3.5% during 
the year. Non-cash interest arising on application of IFRS16 relating 
to leased assets, primarily property, reduced by £0.2m as a result 
of the lease liability reducing from £117.0 million at 31 December 
2021 to £109.5 million at 31 December 2022.

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

Interest on finance lease liabilities

Amortisation of deferred finance costs

Total finance costs

2022
£m

5.0

5.0

0.9

10.9

2021
£m

2.6

5.2

0.3

8.1

In order to improve investment capacity, Restore refinanced its 
rolling credit facility (“RCF”) in early 2022, increasing borrowing 
capacity to £200 million and introducing new banks to the lending 
syndicate. Terms were substantially improved and documentation 
raised to investment grade quality. Subsequent to the year end, the 
new facility was extended by a further year to 30 April 2026.

During the year, the Group developed relationships with financing 
providers to introduce a variety of fixed interest rate instruments 
to create greater certainty over the cost of debt. This includes the 
potential for hedging mechanisms and access to the fixed rate loan 
markets.

30

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTTaxation 

Statement of Financial Position

The tax charge for the period is £6.5 million (2021: £11.5 million). 
In the prior year, the tax charge included a non-cash tax charge 
of £6.2 million in relation to re-assessment of the deferred tax 
position of the Group following the announced increase to the UK 
corporate tax rate to 25%.

The Group’s balance sheet continues to be in good health with 
key working capital ratios in line with previous years and further 
expansion of the net assets of the business due to the profitable 
nature of the Group’s activities whilst balancing with returns to 
shareholders.

Cashflow 

Cash generation continues to be a key characteristic of Restore and 
in 2022 the Group generated free cashflow before financing costs 
of £34.6 million (2021: £31.5 million).

Operating cash inflows increased by £5.3 million, whilst working 
capital requirements increased by £0.5 million to support revenue 
expansion with capex increased by £2.2 million. The resulting cash 
conversion2 was within target range at 82% (2021: 104%) 

Free cashflow as % of Net Operating Profit After Tax 

123%

118%

104%

82%

Goal
80-90%

80%

j

T
A
P
O
N
d
e
t
s
u
d
a
f
o
%
s
a
h
s
a
c
e
e
r
F

Working capital management remains a strength of the business 
with debt ageing consistent at 52 days and the current asset to 
current liability ratio consistent at 1.4x. Total equity has increased 
to £273.2 million (2021: £265.2 million).

The provision for estate dilapidations increased by £8.3 million, 
principally as a result of a review conducted at 31 December 2022 
to reflect inflation in construction costs and reassessment of 
potential liability on sites where a lease exit is considered likely. 
The total provision following this reassessment is £17.1 million and 
is depreciated over the remaining term of the lease in accordance 
with the application of IFRS16. 

The strength of the Statement of Financial Position is indicative of 
the overall good health of the business and provides substantial 
capacity to support future growth and investment requirements.

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Neil Ritchie | Chief Financial Officer

15 March 2023

1 

2 

 2017 and 2018 restated for the impact of IFRS16.

 Calculated as free cashflows (reconciled on page 73), divided by net per operating profit (reconciled on page 70), with an amendment to exclude the impact of VAT deferral from 2020 to 
2021.

31

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
Case Study

Chichester College Group’s HR Department 
goes paperless with Restore Digital

Sara Barrett, HR Project Coordinator, Chichester College, 
Chichester, West Sussex on how Restore Digital integrated 
DocuWare with success: “The goal was to decrease our reliance on 
paper-based systems and processes whilst exceeding our already 
high levels of compliance, all within a cost-effective manner.

Chichester College Group, rated ‘Outstanding’ by Ofsted, has over 
20,000 students aged between 16 and 19 years old, of whom over 
5,000 are full-time. Paper-heavy processes were preventing the 
achievement of the goal to go greener Chichester College Group 
were initially driven by a green initiative to go paperless. But in 
July 2017, a merger with another college asked stern questions of 
the current management of the college’s paper-based systems. A 
shift to digital would be a daunting and necessary one, however 
Chichester College Group recognised that to cope with the rising 
flow of paper documents resulting from various acquisitions, 
they would need to digitise fast and find a single solution that 
incorporated document and content capture, a robust document 
repository, information retrieval and storage, and track and control 
of documents across ALL their campuses. 

Chichester College Group in partnership with Restore Digital 
deployed DocuWare to re-engineer some long-standing, 
antiquated paper-based processes, improve compliancy, increase 
storage and encourage some new, greener ways of thinking. The 
solution was implemented within a busy HR department, to handle 
employee personnel files and ensure employee data is equally 
as quick to search as it is quick to retrieve. “We have streamlined 
access to documents and improved information flow, all whilst 
maintaining the ability to track, edit and retrieve documents in a 
GDPR compliant fashion.” Sara said. The number of documents 
that are now managed digitally is in the hundreds and thousands, 
so the college has hit their objective of reducing their negative 
environmental impact and made huge cost savings on paper.

“We have easy access to employee documentation which 
helps enhance continuity by ensuring documents are 
accessible in a disaster recovery situation.”

“Rethinking paper-driven processes really helped us identify 
inefficiencies and reimagine how different processes within 
other departments could work more efficiently.”

ADM Investor Services International in 
London (UK) improves customer service 
with Restore Digital

ADM Investor Services International in London (UK) improves 
customer service with Restore Digital. 

ADM Investor Services International (ADMISI) was founded in 1930 
in London as a service provider for the global food group ADM, 
initially responsible for the financial security of the group’s internal 
production. The business was quickly expanded to include external 
customers and other financial services. Today, ADMISI has around 
140 employees and offers a full range of investment services in 
brokerage and clearing, serving over 1,200 customers worldwide. 
A cloud-based document management system (DMS) handles the 
archiving of customer-relevant documentation.

Before their DMS was introduced, each client required a great deal 
of paper documentation – 400 to 500 documents from ongoing 
trading quickly accumulated, including declarations of consent, 
signed forms and financial statements. Employees had to hunt 
down individual documents from their archive, again and again, or 
spend time storing new documents. 

As a financial services provider, ADM Investor Services International 
is subject to rigorous regulation. By using cloud based digital 
document management, the company is able to comply with all 
regulations and foster long term customer relationships.

Complex queries easily managed 

Retrieving information has become much easier thanks to their 
DMS. Instead of searching for hours in the paper archive as in 
the past, Restore Digital has helped ADM retrieve documents 
on screen within seconds. In this way, inquiries from external 
institutions can be answered quickly – for example, when a 
customer’s declaration of consent must be submitted to the tax 
authorities for verification. Thanks to extensive search features, 
employees can perform even complex document-based analysis 
and evaluations in a time-saving manner

“In the past, we sometimes had to spend several hours 
in our filing room searching – often without ever finding 
the documents we were looking for. Today, retrieving 
a document is a matter of a few seconds. With all this 
time saved, our team can now focus more intensively on 
customers. In the long term, this means higher revenues 
for our company as a result.”

“Thanks to the system’s simple and logical structure, we 
were able to customize and adapt many configurations to 
the system ourselves.”

“Our print volume has been considerably reduced by 
using our DMS. We didn’t do the exact math but have most 
certainly saved several hundred trees in this way.”

Kunal Patel, Deputy Money Laundering Reporting Officer (DMLRO)

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

32

ESG Committee Report

Lisa Fretwell | Chair of ESG Committee

“Restore is fully committed to meeting the 
obligation to limit the impacts of climate change, 
to meet our duty to our local communities and 
to acting responsibly. During the year Restore 
has made progress against our “Restoring Our 
World” Strategy and our ambitious goal to 
become a Net Zero organisation by 2035”

I am pleased to report on Restore’s ESG progress in 2022 and for 
the future.

In 2022 we achieved our 3rd year certification with Planet Mark 
and have been rated positively by ESG analysts including MSCI 
who rated Restore as AA in January 2023. We submitted our first 
CDP disclosure in July 2022 and annual disclosure forms part of 
Restores ESG strategy going forward. Progress has been driven by 
working teams within the business reporting up to the Executive 
Committee and updates to the Board have been led by the CEO. 

Based on our learnings in 2022, and to further strengthen our 
governance, we established an additional Board level ESG 
Committee in January 2023 which is chaired by myself as an 
Independent Non Executive Director, and attended by other Non-
Executive and Executive Directors. The new Terms of Reference 
are available on our website and the ESG Committee will formally 
review and challenge the strategy, hold management to account 
for delivery of committed execution plans and sign off all ESG 
disclosures and assurance.

Our ESG Strategy first published in 2021 “Restoring Our World” is 
shown below.

Strategy
Key to our strategy is our appetite to lead our customers, suppliers and competitors towards a secure and sustainable business future. 
To realise this vision, Restore is developing transformational activity within three underpinning focus areas.

Our Strategy

Our Vision

Restoring our World

Deliver a Secure and Sustainable Future

Focus areas

Our Planet

Our People

Our Business

ESG topics & long-term goals

Business Governance

Yearly targets

Climate Action

Health, Safety & Wellbeing

Customer Engagement

Resource Use

Biodiversity

Culture

Community Impact

Enriching Careers

Data Security

Innovation

Partnerships

Diversity & Inclusion

Transparency & Accountability

Transparency and Reporting

Policies

33

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTESG continued

2022 was the first full year of executing against our ESG strategy and the following 
progress has been made.

Our Planet

Progress on Key Outcomes 

32% 

reduction in Scope 1&2 Carbon 
Footprint per £1 million 
turnover

85% 

of procured energy REGO 
backed

Progress on Strategy Areas:

Climate Action:

63%

of company cars and 3% of 
fleet now hybrid/electric

Our People

Progress on Key Outcomes

9% 

improvement in employee 
engagement metric  
(70% engagement)

33% 

women in mgt roles

1 site

now providing solar power

50% 

women on the Board 

34% 

women across the business

Progress on Strategy Areas:

Safety and Well Being: 

 O Executive team completed the PlanetMark Net Zero Masterclass

 O Developed and launched “Safe Place to Work” improvement plan

 O Completed our inaugural submission to CDP and actively 

 O Achieved 97% completion of our safety and compliance assigned 

participated at CDP events to focus our short, medium and long 
term thinking; helping identify actions on areas of weakness

 O Carried out a Fleet electrification and Property assessment to 

identify how to deliver on our 2035 commitment. The subsequent 
challenges identified are currently being worked on and options 
will be developed and tested in 2023

 O Conversion of one site from brown to green gas, and maintained 

our REGO status for directly procured energy.

Resource Use:

e-Learning courses

 O 40+ Mental Health First Aiders trained and operational across the 

business.

Culture:

 O Launched Restores Purpose “Deliver a secure and sustainable 

future” across the business

 O Developing Colleague Voice forums and advanced our employee 
listening capability with neuroscience approach to engagement 
measurement through a new thought-leading provider.

 O Developed Fleet migration plans with target to double EVs

Diversity and Inclusion:

 O Continued our energy lighting reduction programme.

Biodiversity:

 O Launched a focused calendar of D&I events capturing and 

celebrating employee stories

 O Protected 4+ acres of natural woodland and meadow around 

 O Started to capture self-identifying D&I data beyond gender to 

Restore facilities

assess representation within the business and develop targets.

 O Protected an additional 5 acres of rainforest as part of PlanetMark 
accreditation as an interim action as we progress to Net zero.

Community Impact:

 O Supported St Joseph’s Hospice and crisis for Christmas with money 
and furniture donations; and following on from 2021 opened and 
closed all crisis for Christmas centres in 2022

 O Donated over 5,000 items of furniture from July 2022 - December 
2022 including refurbishment of meeting rooms at the Soanes 
Centre in Tower Hamlets for local community use

 O 36 Apprenticeship schemes developed and delivered at 10+ 

locations across the UK.

Enriching Careers and People’s lives:

 O Launched a personal and career development hub for all 

employees, including visibility of all vacancies across the business

 O Launched our “Leading at Restore” programme with  

192 managers trained so far, with a focus on coaching and 
development of their team. 

34

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOur Business

Progress on Key Outcomes 

100% 

Achieved PlanetMarks external 
accreditation for third year

Completed inaugural CDP 
submission in July 2022

Embedded customer carbon 
reduction plan in bid responses 
with DWP being our most 
significant to date

Our second year of disclosures 
aligned to Taskforce on 
Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD).

Progress on Strategy Areas:

Customer Engagement:

 O Restore Datashred improved NPS to a record high of 76%  

(2021: 72%) and Restore Harrow Green has an overall score of 80%

 O Achieved all major ISO 9001, 14001, 27001 compliance 

accreditations where directly relevant to the business unit.

Our ESG Priorities and Plans in 2023 are to:

Our Planet (E)

 O Assess Restore’s Scope 3 emissions by developing a heat map of 
emissions up and down our value chain and investigate external 
solutions to ensure a robust and scalable approach  

 O Continue our Net zero action plan for scope 1 and 2 with 

the intent to finalise and publish our transition plan during 
2023 and to continue to show good progress on Scope 1&2 
carbon reduction 

–  Prepare our ESOS phase 3 assessment to support our net 

zero plans and energy efficiencies activities for submission in 
December 2023

 O Formalise our waste metric baselines, reduction targets and 

activities for reduction, reuse and recycling collation across the 
BUs at Group level

 O Assess and develop greater understanding of our current 

biodiversity and nature status across our estate and develop 
plans to improve natural habitats. This will form the baseline 
and activity plan for The Taskforce or Nature-related Financial 
Disclosers (TNFD) submissions for 2025.

Data Security:

Our People (S)

 O Execute our Safe Place to Work strategy to improve our safety 

metrics to best in class 

 O Continue to develop and execute on our fair reward strategy 

 O Collating Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (ED&I) data for a 
wider range of characteristics to enable target setting for 
representation and develop approaches for under-represented 
groups.

Our Business (G)

 O Develop key industry partnerships and identify product 

innovations with both customers and suppliers in support of 
their transition plans to Net Zero

 O Execute ESG data quality improvement initiatives across our 

functions, sites and suppliers to improve embedding ESG data 
into our business.

 O Achieved NCSC Cyber Security Essential Plus accreditations across 

all business units

 O Reviewed Restore’s Data protection risk and the associated 

gap analysis work. Executing a Data Protection improvement 
programme during 2022 / 23.

Innovation:

 O Developed a carbon reduction plan option for customers (including 
UK Government Departments) with PlanetMark; developing into a 
customer offer in 2023.

Partnerships:

 O Continued partnership with PlanetMark and CEN-ESG to assess 

and assure our ESG data, metrics and strategy

 O Fleet partnering with Shell.

Transparency and Accountability:

 O Completed sustainability energisers in three business units leading 
to the creation of local working teams to embed accountability and 
drive action plans

 O Launched ESG data quality improvement initiatives across our 
functions, sites and suppliers to drive improved visibility and 
accuracy of metrics to support our ESG activities

 O Continuation of SECR, developed our TCFD and added CDP 

disclosures with submission approaches and learnings built into 
our ESG strategy

 O Enhanced ESG governance with formation of Board ESG Committee. 

35

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
ESG continued

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

In line with best practice and recommendations from the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosure we set out below our climate-
related financial disclosures. These are consistent with all the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations 
and Recommended Disclosures as detailed in “Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures”, 2021, with use 
of additional guidance from “Implementing the Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures”, 2021. 

This is our second year of reporting climate-related disclosure, in line with the TCFD recommendations and one year before we are required to 
as an AIM-listed company. Given the size and scale of this year’s report, our report including all 11 disclosures can be found separately on our 
website. To aid readers we provide a summary of the key disclosures from the report below.

Recommendation

Governance

Disclose the organisation’s governance 
around climate-related risks and 
opportunities

Strategy

Disclose the actual and potential impacts of 
climate-related risks and opportunities on 
the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and 
financial planning where such information is 
material

Response 

The Board has overall responsibility for climate-related risks and opportunities.

The CEO oversees the operational delivery of climate-related activity in alignment within operational 
priorities.

The Board has identified environmental risk, which is underpinned by specific climate-related risks and 
opportunities outlined within the Group’s climate risk assessment.

Restore recognises the impact that climate change may have on its strategy, operations and financial 
planning and is taking action to address the implications of climate-related risks across our business.

As a service business, albeit with assets, Restore’s overall climate risk exposure is moderate and in 
isolation, the impact of most climate-related risks is limited and at the time of writing is expected not to 
require a fundamental change to the business strategy. 

Risk Management

Disclose how the organisation identifies, 
assesses, and manages climate-related risks

Restore’s overall risk management captures Group-wide risks, including climate change. As risks are 
captured, an assessment in terms of the impact on Restore’s strategy is undertaken, in addition to a 
likelihood vs impact assessment, which determines the significance of all risks.

Metrics and Targets

Disclose the metrics and targets used 
to assess and manage relevant climate-
related risks and opportunities where such 
information is material

Risk assessment, based on our agreed likelihood and impact criteria drives the prioritisation of mitigating 
action.

Climate-related risks and opportunities are identified, assessed and managed on the existing Group risk 
management framework.

All metrics used to assess climate-related risks and opportunities are outlined in the published TCFD 
report.

The Company reports Scope 1, 2 and some scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions set out on the 
following page.

The Group’s primary target is to become a Net Zero organisation by 2035. Other targets relating to our 
strategy and reporting of progress is set out elsewhere within this report.

Restoreplc.com/Sustainability/reporting/ 

Emissions
In line with best practice, we are pleased to set out our Global Green House Gas (GHG) emissions report below.  The GHG data relates 
to emissions during the 12-month period from 1 January to 31 December 2022, and 100% of our emissions are UK based. Our carbon 
footprint is calculated using methodologies consistent with the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol with additional guidance notes 
included as required.  

The five acquisitions in 2022, the full year effect of 2021 acquisitions, plus the business returning to normal for the majority of 2022 saw 
an increase in overall emissions. In addition, in our 2021 report we highlighted suppressed activity across electricity, gas consumption 
and fleet usage.  2022 is more in line with business as usual activity levels.

The total combined emissions increased by 3.5%, whilst revenue over the same period increased by 19.1%. Revenue based intensity 
metrics shows the business reduced its overall emissions by 12.5% to 50.9 tCO2e produced per £1m of revenue generated. As in previous 
reports, the majority of emissions are linked to our fleet usage, which accounts for the majority of the Group’s carbon emissions.

Restore continues to take action to seek sustainably sourced energy and make strategic steps towards a non-fossil fuelled fleet. The 
Group is proud to report that 85.3% of Restore’s electricity is supplied through Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin (REGO) backed 
suppliers and where Restore does not manage that supply directly, for example where a landlord manages power supply, the Group is  
actively negotiating for that energy supply to transition to a renewable alternative.

We have made similar reductions in respect of tCO2e per employee this year, with a 12.5% reduction compared to 2021. 

36

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTStreamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”)
The Group has continued to make good progress in 2022 on improving our data collection, data coverage and data quality. We believe we 
have demonstrated that as we grow, acquire businesses and adapt them to our strategy that good progress continues on our carbon emission 
reduction as a company and within the industry and against our stated goal to become a Net Zero organisation by 2035.

Energy Consumption (kWh)
The tables represent 100% of our business energy use, a breakdown of emissions by fuel type is provided below. Increases in Propane, 
LPG, Diesel (Building) and Grey Fleet are because of continued focus on data collection quality.

Gas Oil (kWh)

Natural Gas (kWh)

Propane (kWh)

LPG (kWh)

Diesel (Buildings) (kWh)

Burning Oil (kWh)

Fleet (kWh)

Grey Fleet (kWh)

Electricity consumption from on-site renewables (kWh)

Electricity consumption from 100% renewable tariffs (kWh)

Consumption of purchased/acquired electricity non-renewable (kWh)

% renewable electricity from total electricity

% grid electricity from total electricity 

Total electricity consumption (kWh) 

Total energy consumption (kWh)5 

2022

20211

290,951.3

2,259,222.0

80,272.7

8,269.8

76,509.5

126,909.2

32,312,398.7

1,536,848.4

27,735.0

261,478.6

2,728,074.5

42,456.4

1,378.3

–

234,725.3

31,654,732.0

898,883.8

25,698.0

16,939,820.1

Not measured

2,926,748.7

Not measured

85.3%

99.9%

19,894,303.8

56,585,685.4

Not measured

99.9%

17,542,844.9

53,364,573.8

The year ending 2022 location-based footprint would have been 5.9tCO2e higher had the 27,735kWh generated from on-site 
renewables been imported from the grid. We continue to seek opportunities to deploy renewable energy systems across our estate.
Carbon Report (GHG Emissions tCO2e)
This year we have included market based reporting as well as location based reporting to demonstrate how our procurement approach 
prioritises renewable energy sources when acquired business energy contracts expire.

Total Scope 1 (tCO2e)2

Total Scope 2 location based (tCO2e)3

Total Scope 2 market based (tCO2e)3

Transmission and Distribution Losses

Business Travel

  Waste

  Water

Procurement

Total scope 3 (tCO2e)4

Total scope 1 & 2 location based (tCO2e)

Total scope 1 & 2 market based (tCO2e)

Total scope 1, 2 & 3 location based (tCO2e)

Total scope 1, 2 & 3 market based (tCO2e)

2022

8,847.0

3,841.8

1,154.3

351.4

397.8

731.5

13.4

29.1

1,523.2

12,688.8

10,001.3

14,212.0

11,524.5

20211

8,656.0

3,719.4

Not measured

329.1

223.7

671.7

12.6

31.1

1,268.2

12,375.4

Not measured

13,643.6

Not measured

Scope 1 & 2 location based emissions per £'m revenue (tCO2e)

45.5 (-13.8%)

52.8

Intensity measures
Due to the growth nature of the Group, management provides an intensity measure for carbon usage based on revenue and 
headcount. As demonstrated by the table below, both metrics have improved year on year.

Intensity measure (per £'m revenue)

Group revenue (£'m)

Scope 1, 2 & 3 Location based emissions per £'m revenue (tCO2e)

Scope 1, 2 & 3 Market based emissions per £'m revenue (tCO2e)

Intensity measure (per employee)

Average headcount (FTE)

Scope 1, 2 & 3 Location based emissions per employee (tCO2e)

Scope 1, 2 & 3 Market based emissions per employee (tCO2e)

2022

279.0

50.9 (-12.5%)

20211

234.3

58.2

41.3

Not measured

2,892

4.9 (-12.5%) 

2,450

5.6

4.0 

Not measured

.1  2021 restated as we expand our data collection, data coverage and data quality
2  Scope 1 (Direct) – Measures which relate to emissions resulting from activities owned or controlled by Restore
3 

 Scope 2 (Energy indirect) – Emissions are those released into the atmosphere that are associated with Restore’s consumption of purchased electricity, heat, steam and cooling. These indirect emissions 
are a consequence of Restore’s energy use, but occur at sources the group does not own a control
 Scope 3 (Other direct) – Emissions are a consequence of the Group’s actions that occur at sources Restore does not own or control and are not classed as Scope 2 emissions

4 
5  Energy consumption data is captured through utility billing meter reads or estimates

37

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
Risk Committee Report

Lisa Fretwell | Chair of the Risk Committee

“Restore takes an enterprise-wide 
approach to manage risk to ensure 
appropriate identification, assessment 
and mitigation actions are taken 
across the Group”

Introduction

I am pleased to provide the Risk Committee’s annual report for 2022.

Building on the momentum gathered in 2021, the Risk Committee 
has continued to mature its consideration of risk across Restore. The 
Committee’s focus is to provide oversight, ensure accountability, 
and appropriately challenge Restore’s identification, assessment, 
and control of principal and emerging risks. It does this by 
increasingly taking an enterprise-wide approach to the management 
of uncertainty and by active horizon-scanning for emerging risk.

I assumed Chair of the Committee from Sharon Baylay-Bell in April 
2022 and in my role I am supported by the Executive Directors as full 
members, the Group Head of Risk as Secretary, and the Business Unit 
Managing Directors and Chief People Officer as standing attendees. 
Subject-matter experts are invited to attend Committee to provide 
deeper insight on key topics. I am satisfied that the Risk Committee 
has the appropriate level of skills and experience to discharge its 
duties and engages external advisors where appropriate.

During 2022, I have visited multiple Restore sites to understand 
the business risks and the effectiveness of mitigating actions. 
This has included reviews at the largest sites for each Business 
unit: Cardington (Technology), Rainham (Records Management), 
Optima Park (Datashred), Village Way (Digital), Silvertown (Harrow 
Green). In addition we visited our new Physical Security centre to 
assess progress. 

In its programme of work the Committee reviewed risk through 
three complimentary perspectives: 

 O Risk within business-as-usual activity

 O Risk as identified as barriers to strategic objectives

 O Emerging risks identified through horizon-scanning and scenario 

analysis.

38

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTActivity

During the year the Committee met four times and considered the following items:

Risk

Comment

Health & Safety

•   Reviewed the closure of all significant findings from the 2021 external safety audit

•   Oversaw the development of a safety culture improvement plan for implementation from 2023.

Information Security /  
Cyber Security

•   Assessed Restore’s cyber defence capabilities, including plans for penetration testing, and the 

implementation of two-factor authentication and Phishing simulation 

•   Noted the successful recertification of the UK Government backed Cyber Essentials Plus accreditation

•   Approved the development of Group Cyber Security policy and noted the incident management plans.

Environment

•   Reviewed Restore’s launch and implementation of its ESG programme to deliver its Net Zero goal

•   Noted Restore’s inaugural disclosure to the Carbon Disclosure Project and its adoption of TCFD 

methodology 

•   Approved work to further improve climate-related data quality. 

Fire Prevention

•   Reviewed and approved the development and publication of a Fire Prevention Plan supported by external 

expertise

•   Considered the reduction in fire risk from the integration of thermal imaging systems into a managed 

Physical Security Operations Centre.

Compliance

•   Noted that the Group continues to maintain its accreditation to the main international management 

standards 

•   Recognised and welcomed our continuing development in customer due diligence responses.

Occupational Road Risk

•   Reviewed the business wide occupational road risk assessment and noted the development of a risk 

reduction plan to be delivered in 2023

•   Noted the significant improvement in driver performance and incident investigation from in-cab 

surveillance technologies, which are installed in 90% of Restore vehicles.

Physical Security

•   Reviewed the Physical Security Improvement Programme objectives and Restore’s implementation of an 

integrated 24/7 Security Operating Centre

•   Noted that Phase 1 is almost complete with 91 sites live at the end of 2022.

Data Protection

•  Noted the investment in specialist resources

•   Reviewed Restore’s Data protection risk and the associated gap analysis work

•   Approved a Data Protection risk reduction programme being executed over 2022 / 23.

39

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Committee Report continued

Key Risk Assessment

Based on our strategy of organic growth, strategic acquisition and margin expansion through scale and efficiency and day to day business 
execution, Restore is faced with the following key risks which are regularly reviewed and mitigated through targeted investment, proactive 
actions and continuous improvement. All of the risks set out below are aligned to our strategy.

The trend indicator depicts the trend of our residual risk rating during the course of 2022, and whilst subjective, we believe assists readers of 
the accounts with a more dynamic assessment of risk across the Group.

Our Risk

Potential Impact 

Risk Mitigations & Investments

High inflation driving 
increases in underlying 
costs.

Material and unpredictable 
changes in underlying costs 
including employee cost, 
property, energy, fleet, 
and interest costs diluting 
profitability.

•   Management prioritisation of cost-actions including in advanced analytics, and 

KPI dashboards

•  Pricing review on an annual and ad hoc basis to pass on increases

•   Development of synergies across Group processes including HR, Fleet, Property 

and Energy

•   Recruitment of appropriate pricing expertise within Business Units.

Systems, Technology, Data 
& Cyber defence failure

Staff recruitment and 
retention resulting in 
insufficient resources to 
meet objectives 

Serious injury or death 
through work-related 
accidents

Extent and complexity 
of property portfolio, 
unplanned dilapidation and 
material increases in UK 
business property costs

Loss of systems, operational 
technology, or data results 
in interruption to services 
for customers and impacts 
revenues and business 
reputation.

Potential difficulties in 
expansion of resources or 
loss of operational staff or 
management making it 
harder to deliver an effective 
and efficient business and 
maintain customer service 
expectations. 

The Group’s activities involve 
physical labour, use of 
machinery, and transport. Any 
serious incident may result 
in significant injury or death. 
Incidents will affect colleague 
morale and productivity, 
and may result in criminal 
proceedings, insurance claims 
and reputational damage.

Property is Restore’s second 
largest cost and the property 
network is a key enabler 
of business efficiency. 
Damage to property or lack 
of use impacts customer 
service, whilst headwinds of 
unforeseen dilapidation, rents 
and rates increase costs.

•   Group IT strategy with investment plans to mitigate operational and cyber risk

•   Maintenance of advisory and support service network with relevant expertise

•   Continued investment in network resilience providing improved security

•   Ongoing assessment and management of cyber threats through 

implementation of industry standard methodologies with external support

•   IT strategy in line with NCSC Cyber Security Guidelines. Cyber Essential Plus 

accreditations achieved across all business units.

•   Single agency supporting planning and recruitment processes

•   Advanced our employee listening capability by partnering with a leading provider 

in neuroscience analysis to improve the focus and impact of our employee 
engagement and satisfaction actions

•   Continue to develop our employer brand and value proposition to meet 

changing employee needs and expectations

•   Launched a senior People Leadership program which continues to augment our 
leadership talent, improve integration across the Group and support succession 
planning.

•   Effective Health & Safety strategy, organisation, processes and reporting at all 

levels of the business and Board

•   Dedicated H&S leaders from each business unit have created a group wide 

continual improvement H&S program ‘A Safe Place To Work’, governed by Group 
Safety and Wellbeing Committee

•   Refreshed focus on a strong safety culture and the reporting of occupational risk 

as part of management regimes, including enhanced employee communication / 
engagement plans

•   Significant investment in vehicle and driver monitoring, including vehicle 

cameras, telemetry / telematics, geolocation capabilities 

•   Developing audit plans to ensure compliance with our new Fire Safety standards 

and assure fire risk reduction.

•   Gross-business property committee oversees property strategy and reports 
to the Board. Includes site consolidation, upgrades, capacity utilisation and 
contract management to proactively optimise the portfolio and control cost

•   Property led by dedicated Group Property Director and Group Facilities Director.

40

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOur Risk

Potential Impact 

Risk Mitigations & Investments

Political, Environmental 
and Social disruption and 
volatility, globally and UK

As in the global pandemic, 
the disruption by extreme 
events can potentially impact 
Restore’s markets and end 
to end value chains. This can 
impact our ability to deliver 
for customers and product 
pricing.

•   Ongoing assessment and monitoring of potential market and value chain trends, 

together with horizon scanning

•   Monitoring and mitigation planning for specific risks including health crises, 

fuel / energy shortages, paper recycling prices, UK document storage volumes 
and technology recycling value chains

•  Promotion of healthy working practices

•   Improved business resilience from agile and flexible ways of working honed 

during Covid

•  Business Continuity plans in place.

Under-delivery of 
acquisition returns on 
investment through failure 
to delivery synergy or 
integration plans 

Higher than anticipated costs 
or lower returns leading to 
Group margin dilution with 
increased time required from 
management to address 
issues.

•  Dedicated acquisition and integration teams in place 

•  External due diligence advisory engaged where appropriate

•   Executed proven acquisition value / synergy assessment models with threshold 

returns targets

•  Challenge to acquisition business cases and risks at Board level.

Financing risk

Increase in costs due to 
rising interest rates, or lack of 
liquidity in the event of failure 
to reach financial targets. 

•   The Group’s credit facility is provided by a broad and supportive banking 

syndicate with a credit facility of up to £200 million in place and extended until 
April 2026. Restore operates well within borrowing covenants

•   Regular review of the Group’s cashflow forecasts and forecast covenant 

compliance

•   During the year, the Group developed  relationships with financing providers  to 
introduce a variety of fixed interest rate instruments to create greater certainty 
over the cost of debt. This includes the potential for hedging mechanisms and 
access to the fixed rate loan markets.

Note: Environmental risks and mitigations are included within our TCFD report.

For 2023

The Risk Committee’s role continues to evolve and it has set a challenging agenda for 2023. Areas to be covered include:

• 

 Further development of the enterprise risk approach to include comprehensive risk appetites and updated key risk indicators to support 
the updated enterprise risk categorisation

•  To improve the timeliness of the connection between Group and Business Unit risk registers

•  Continued oversight of progress in risk reduction for all key risk areas and ensuring targeted, impactful investment

•  Deep dives into the Enterprise wide Risks including IT, People, Property, Change Management, Market dynamics and Compliance

•  Taking a wider political, social, economic, and technology lens to risk horizon scanning to identify emerging threats and opportunities.

41

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTSection 172 Statement

Our business

Directors Duties 

Governance at Restore relates to how we run our business and 
our commitment to transparency, fairness sustainability and 
equality.   The Group recognises who our  key stakeholders are, 
and values building strong relationships with them in order to 
gain a better understanding of what is important to them and 
how our decisions impact them. 

The business is led by a highly qualified and experienced Board with 
sector and specialism relevance drawn from working across FTSE 
100 and FTSE 250 organisations. The Group has adopted the QCA 
code of conduct and our application of the code to our business can 
be found on our website, www.restoreplc.com. In addition to the 
main Board, the Group operates Audit, Remuneration, Nomination, 
Risk and ESG Committees each of which is led by a one of our highly 
qualified Non-Executive Directors.   While the main Board assesses 
operation of the Group as a whole, each business unit is operated as 
a standalone business with its own Senior Leadership Team under 
the direct guidance of the CEO and CFO who sit on the business 
unit boards. These business unit boards meet regularly to assess 
performance and develop business strategy across a balanced 
scorecard of management areas.  The strong governance structure 
extends into the day to day running of the business through the 
highly competent Executive Committee comprising the CEO and 
CFO, the Group Company Secretary, our Chief People Officer, 
each of the business unit Managing Directors, and the Director of 
Corporate Development.  

The legal structure is maintained to a good standard with high 
quality professional support including KPMG, Field Fisher, Investec 
and Canaccord. Investec act as the Groups nominated advisor 
(Nomad) and guide management in ensuring adherence to current 
and preparing for future market requirements and best practice. 
Reporting assurance is provided by PwC who act as the Group’s 
auditors with rotation as required in accordance with good practice. 

Restore is recognised as the sector leader in providing 
secure, highly accredited services to public and private sector 
organisations.  Delivering consistent high quality is central to 
our customer focused approach and assurance is provided to 
the Board and customers through the extensive Quality and 
Compliance Team who manage process quality to an exceptionally 
high standard. Processes are subject to both internal and external 
audit and our continuous improvement culture ensures our 
operational leadership team are continually enhancing process 
effectiveness to improve quality and efficiency. 

The Executive Directors engage directly with shareholders and 
employees and this helps our decision-making as well as delivering 
our strategy. Restore recognises the impact of its operations on the 
environment, its responsibility to the communities it operates within 
and its obligations to its people, its suppliers and other stakeholders.  

Read more:

Our business model and strategy – Pages 4 to 5

Principal risks and uncertainties – Pages 40 to 41

The Directors of the Company, as those of all UK companies, 
must act in accordance with a set of general duties. These duties 
are detailed in Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and 
summarised as follows:  

Directors of a Company must act in the way they consider, to be in 
good faith and that would be most likely to promote the success of 
the Company for the benefit of its shareholders. In doing so they 
regard (amongst other matters) to:  

The likely consequences of any decision in the 
long term:

The Directors recognise the need to take a long-term view in every 
decision that they take. During the year, the Company launched its 
purpose across the business. To deliver a secure and sustainable 
future; further underpins our strategy as well as the long-term 
creation of value for stakeholders. 

The interests of the Company’s employees:

Our people are at the heart of how we engage with each other, our 
clients, and the services that we provide. Our Executive Directors 
also provide updates on people matters at each Board meeting. 

At Restore we know that to maintain and build upon the great 
service we offer our customers, we must ensure that we continue 
to invest in a safe, inclusive and rewarding environment for our 
employees to work in. Restore is committed to being a responsible 
business. People are at the heart of our services. For our business 
to succeed we need to manage our people’s performance and 
development and bring through talent while ensuring we operate 
as efficiently as possible. 

Our People strategy, focuses on five key themes: 

Safety and wellbeing 

• 
•  Culture 
•  Diversity and inclusion 
•  Community impact 
• 

Enriching careers and working life. 

Read more:

Our people – Pages 34 to 35

42

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTThe need to foster the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers and others:

The Strategic Report on page 13 to 43 was approved by the Board 
of Directors on 15 March and signed on their behalf by 

Charles Bligh  
Chief Executive Officer

Neil Ritchie  
Chief Financial Officer

15 March 2023

15 March 2023

Our strategy is based on three core elements, organic growth, 
acquisitions and margin expansion.  We need to develop and 
maintain strong customer relationships and we value all of our 
suppliers. The Group has a formal policy in place for new suppliers, 
which includes new suppliers contracting with and agreeing to 
Restore’s terms of business. Existing supplier relationships are also 
periodically reviewed. 

Read more:

Customers and suppliers – Page 35

The impact of the Company’s operations on the 
community and the environment:

The Company’s approach is to use our position of strength to 
create positive change for the people and communities with which 
we interact. We leverage our expertise and enable colleagues to 
support the communities around us. 

Read more:

Communities and the environment – Page 34

The desirability of the Company maintaining a 
reputation for high standards of business conduct:

The Board are aware of the responsibility of setting the tone from 
the top. This ensures that we maintain our reputation for providing 
the highest quality of service for our customers whilst operating at 
the highest level of integrity. Our governance framework enables 
effective decision-making and clear accountabilities, supported by 
day-to-day policies and procedures.

Read more:

Governance Statement – Pages 49 to 51

Risk Committee Report – Pages 38 to 41

ESG Committee Report – Pages 33 to 37

Audit Committee Report– Pages 52 to 54

The need to act fairly between the members of 
the Company:

The Board is conscious of the need to balance the broad range of 
interests and perspectives of our shareholders and is committed 
to openly engaging with our shareholders, as we recognise the 
importance of a continuing effective dialogue, whether with 
institutional investors, private, or employee shareholders. It is 
important to us that shareholders understand our strategy and 
objectives, so these are explained clearly, feedback heard and any 
issues or questions raised properly considered. 

Read more:

Shareholders – Pages 60 to 62

43

Restore plc Annual Report 2022STRATEGIC REPORTAberdeenshire Council uses Restore 
Datashred to protect their data

Aberdeenshire Council is one of the largest councils in Scotland, 
serving a population of over 250,000 people, and including the 
historic counties of Aberdeenshire and Kincardineshire, as well as 
part of Banffshire.

The council has used confidential destruction services throughout 
their premises since 2009, including in their corporate and social 
work offices, Early Learning Centres, and primary and secondary 
schools. Following a full tender in 2021, Restore Datashred was 
awarded the contract for an initial two years to provide off-site 
shredding services to 170 council sites, which use a combination 
of secure cabinets and paper shredding sacks for both regular and 
ad-hoc visits. Since November 2021, Datashred has shredded and 
recycled over 150 tonnes of paper, saving the equivalent of over 
2,600 trees, as well as energy, water, and CO2 emissions. As this 
activity significantly increased the level of service provided by the 
Scotland depot in the Northeast of Scotland, the decision was 
made to place an on-site shredding vehicle full-time in Aberdeen 
and use a local operative, which has subsequently increased 
Datashred’s presence and market share in the area.

Aberdeenshire Council was allocated a dedicated Account 
Manager, to  set the services up and managed the contract The 
council also receives continued support from the Scotland depot 
and Sales Support team, who liaise with them on a frequent 
basis to ensure that the service provided meets the SLAs and 
expectations of the council.

Case Study

Lancashire Teaching Hospitals NHS 
Foundation Trust improves service in the 
move to Restore Datashred

The Trust has three equally critical strategic aims – to provide 
outstanding healthcare to their local communities, offer high-
quality, specialised services to patients in Lancashire and South 
Cumbria, and drive innovation through world-class education, 
training, and research. The Trust constantly strives to improve and 
become an outstanding, high-performing organisation, with values 
that define who they are and how they behave. 

About/Service

Lancashire Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust has been a 
Restore Datashred customer for over six years. Restore Datashred 
delivers a secure destruction service to four locations, including 
Royal Preston Hospital and Chorley and District General Hospital. 
The service across the Trust has been tailored to meet the varying 
requirements of the individual locations. Most sites are on a 
scheduled service and Restore Datashred continues to work with 
the Trust to monitor service efficiency to ensure that the collection 
schedule works from both a cost and operational perspective. 

Restore Datashred manages and collects from a range of secure 
containers and has over 150 secure lockable bins across the Trust, 
with over 100 collection points. The breadth of the service to the 
Trust has not been limited to protectively marked material but 
has also worked to securely destroy and recycle other confidential 
material such as media, IT equipment and textiles. 

Many hospitals were faced with extraordinary challenges during the 
COVID-19 pandemic. Restore Datashred worked closely with the 
Trust, adapting during this challenging period to ensure minimal 
disruption to service. 

Restore Datashred ensures that 100% of the recovered and 
destroyed paper is recycled into paper-based products, with the 
environmental savings reported to the Trust every month.

Sian Fisher – Waste Minimisation Officer, said:
“Our previous contractor was not very responsive or 
easy to communicate with, nor was their reporting all 
that consistent or detailed. Once we moved to Restore 
Datashred, we noticed the difference straight away. Friendly, 
professional staff who genuinely care about doing a good 
job – both account manager and depot staff respond quickly 
and efficiently to any queries. The drivers go out of their 
way to assist me, and feedback operational issues caused by 
Trust staff so that I can investigate and resolve them. Overall, 
pricing is consistent and represents value for money and 
I note that the company is keen to help us save money by 
adjusting collection schedules as needed.”

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

44

Governance

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

45

STRATEGIC REPORTBoard of Directors

Our key principle is that power and responsibility go hand in hand.  
Our people know what is expected of them and we give them the 
power to make their own decisions.

Sharon Baylay-Bell 
Chair  
Age 54

Charles Bligh
Chief Executive Officer 
Age 55 

Neil Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer, FCA 
Age 51 

Appointed Chair 1 October 2021 having 
joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director in September 2014, Sharon 
also held the role of Senior independent 
Director ahead of being appointed Chair.

Sharon is Non-Executive Chair at 
DriveWorks Ltd, backed by the 
Business Growth Fund (BGF). Sharon 
is also a Non-Executive Director and 
Remuneration Committee Chair of 
Eurowag (W.A.G payments solutions 
plc). She has previously been Marketing 
Director and main Board Director of 
the BBC, responsible for marketing 
communications and audiences, and 
spent much of her career at Microsoft 
where she was Board Director of 
Microsoft UK and Regional General 
Manager of MSN International. Sharon 
is also a holder of the FT/Pearson 
Non-Executive Director Diploma and a 
Fellow of Chartered Institute of Marketing. 

Sharon is Chair of the Group’s Nomination 
Committee and a member of the Audit, 
Remuneration and ESG Committees.

Appointed March 2019

Appointed October 2019

Charles has extensive experience in 
creating and maintaining high growth 
businesses, gained through his eight 
years as Chief Operating Officer and 
Board Director at TalkTalk Telecom Group, 
and 20 years at IBM Corporation, where 
he was most recently Vice President, 
Commercial Sector in UK and Ireland. 
Charles is a seasoned business leader 
with a strong track record in leading 
organisations and providing strategic 
guidance. Charles has a strong reputation 
for building high performing teams, which 
allow businesses to grow at pace.

Charles is also a Non-Executive Director 
of RM plc, providing digital assessment 
and data solutions for the world’s leading 
awarding organisations, educational 
institutions and governments.

Neil is a Chartered Accountant and prior 
to joining the Group in 2019, he was CFO 
for Mulberry Group plc after spending 
14 years at Dyson, the technology 
group, where he held a number of senior 
executive roles.

In addition to his ordinary financing, 
reporting and governance responsibilities, 
Neil is heavily engaged in M&A activity 
and also leads the Group’s Property, Risk 
and Health and Safety functions.

Neil trained with PricewaterhouseCoopers 
and is a fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales.

46

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEJamie Hopkins
Senior Independent Director 
Age 54

Susan Davy
Non-Executive Director 
Age 53

Lisa Fretwell
Non-Executive Director 
Age 52

Appointed January 2020 

Appointed January 2020

Appointed April 2022 

Susan has been Chief Executive Officer 
at Pennon Group plc since July 2020 
having joined the Group in 2015 as Chief 
Financial Officer. Susan was previously 
Finance and Regulatory Director at South 
West Water.

Susan is highly respected in the City 
and has been instrumental in building 
Pennon’s reputation.

Susan is Chair of the Group’s Audit 
Committee and a member of the 
Nomination, Remuneration and ESG 
Committees.

Lisa was most recently Managing Director 
for Experian’s UK Data Business, prior to 
which she held senior executive roles in 
business management, transformation 
and consulting for Cisco and Cap Gemini. 
She was awarded Business Leader of the 
Year by Women in Credit in 2020.

Lisa is also a Non-Executive Director of 
Santander UK, a member of Council at the 
University of Birmingham, and a board 
advisor to a range of technology and data 
businesses.

Lisa is Chair of the Group’s Risk and 
ESG Committees and a member of the 
Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees.

Jamie was previously Chief Executive 
Officer of Workspace Group plc from 
2012 until May 2019. Formerly served as 
Chief Executive and then a Non-Executive 
Director of Mapeley plc from 2002 
until 2010 and a Director of Chester 
Properties from 2009 to 2012. Also acted 
as Investment Director of Delancey 
Estates and Savills between 1990 to 2002. 
A member of the Royal Institution of 
Chartered Surveyors. Jamie is currently a 
Non-Executive Director at Allsop LLP and 
Chairman of LNT Care Developments.

Jamie has significant experience of 
running a FTSE 250 company, bringing 
diversity of thought and an excellent 
understanding of business and the 
property sector, which is important due to 
Restore’s large estate. 

Jamie is Chair of the Group’s 
Remuneration Committee and a member 
of the Audit, Nomination and ESG 
Committees. 

47

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCECase Study

The transition of 15,000 document 
boxes within a short timescale

West Hertfordshire Teaching Hospitals 
NHS Trust (WHHT)

A high-profile Energy Company had 15,000 boxes of business 
documents stored within their own premises that needed to 
be moved to a secure off-site facility to meet the compliance 
requirements of the regulator as well as their customers. 

It was imperative for them to have a full audit trail of items being 
transferred across from their on-site facility into secure off-site storage.

The full transition of the document boxes had to be completed 
within 4 months and after in-depth discussions with key 
stakeholders, a bespoke solution giving them cost efficiencies and 
long-term benefits was agreed.

The Restore solution alleviated the time-consuming data capture 
process the customer had previously and provided them with a real-
time audit of the unbarcoded records held within their facilities.

We worked with them to create unique barcodes for their data that 
was extracted from their own management system. This meant 
Restore could barcode each box and capture the data in one activity.

Once barcoded the boxes were then validated and booking in 
receipts issued to the customer for them to upload to their own 
Records Management System. The boxes were then transferred 
across to Restores secure off-site facility nearest to the customers 
premises using GPS-tracked vans. The transfer of the 15,000 boxes 
were spaced out over 3 months to ensure the full audit trail of each 
box moving into Restores care.

The internal auditors at the Energy Company have benefitted 
by being able to clearly see the audit trail being generated and 
the validation of the data against the box and security seals was 
being completed. The in-depth audit carried out during the project 
allowed for the identification and location of several mid-archived 
assets that they were not aware of previously.

The project to audit and transfer the 15,000 boxes was completed 
on-time and to the agreed budget.

Restore will continue to manage and store the Energy Companies 
historic and live archive of records.

The Trust’s three main hospitals shared two libraries, between 
them holding approximately 350,000 medical records and 28,000 
boxes. Facing acute and immediate pressures, WHHT urgently 
needed additional clinical space. Their current operation also made 
it difficult to locate records quickly and easily, and that there were 
high volumes of unstructured data.

A detailed project plan was put together working with the Trust to 
successfully move the records over 12-weeks. We achieved this 
through a dedicated logistics and inbound team to ensure all records 
being transferred were processed and available within 24 hours.

Following the successful transfer, approved members of WHHT’s 
staff could make an order up to 5pm to be delivered by 7am the 
following day. This process worked well, and monthly retrieval 
and collection requests quickly increased to over 22,700, across 
the Trust’s three hospital sites. To meet this level of demand we 
introduced a dedicated transport solutions for the trust.

We also we also worked with the Trust to automate the records 
ordering process. This helped to prioritise records for delivery by 
appointment order rather than by request order. This ensures that 
records are delivered on time for all patient appointments, even 
if scheduled for the following day. It also saved a huge amount of 
time and cost, manual ordering 23,000 files per month equates to 
4-5 FTE staff.

We also agreed with the Trust, a proactive process to identify, 
retrieve, and confidentially destroy records that had reached the 
end of their retention period, thereby reducing their long-term 
storage costs.

“The team at Restore are what made this project a huge 
success for West Herts; the positive yet driven approach 
of individuals with the swift availability for a phone 
call or meeting, resulted in the best partnership I have 
experienced with any provider to date.” 

Jo Wilder, Health Record Programme Manager

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

48

Governance Statement
Sharon Baylay-Bell  |  Chair

 O approval of major new contracts

 O approval of the annual report and interim statement

 O approval of all dividends 

 O approval of changes in accounting policies

 O approval of Group policies

 O approval of conduct of any major litigations; and

 O approval of policies on political and charitable contributions.

Skills experience and independence

The Board is satisfied that there is a suitable balance between 
Company knowledge and independence in order to discharge its 
duties and responsibilities effectively. 

All Non-Executives are independent and commit the required 
time necessary to fulfil their roles. Information is circulated to the 
Directors in advance of the meetings. 

No one individual has powers to make decisions.

During 2022 there were fourteen Board meetings, 11 meetings in the 
ordinary course of business and 3 to assess significant decisions. 

As the Group continues to develop, the composition of the Board is 
regularly considered in order to ensure that it remains appropriate. 
All Directors retire annually and are required to be reappointed by 
the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

The Board takes decisions regarding the appointment of new 
Directors, and this is done following the appointment of an external 
independent, recruiters, as well as a thorough assessment of 
potential candidates’ skills and suitability for the role.

 During 2022, a new Non-Executive Director, Lisa Fretwell, was 
appointed to the Board following an independent external search 
process, as the Chair of the Risk Committee.

The Board considers and reviews the requirement for continued 
professional development of the Directors and undertakes 
to ensure that their awareness of developments in corporate 
governance and the regulatory framework is current, as well as 
remaining knowledgeable of any industry-specific updates. 

Our Nomad Investec, and external advisers also support this 
development, by providing guidance and updates as required. The 
biographies of each of the Directors, including their experience and 
skills are shown on pages 46 to 47.

In September 2022, the Board appointed Fidelio, an independent 
Board effectiveness consultancy to carry out an evaluation of the 
Board of Restore plc. Fidelio undertook the following:

Introduction

On behalf of the Board of Restore plc, 
I am pleased to set out our 2022 
Governance Statement.

The role of the Board

The Board ensures that the Group is managed for the long-term 
benefit of all shareholders with corporate governance being an 
essential element of this. The Group has adopted the Quoted 
Companies Alliance (QCA) Corporate Governance Code which is 
considered appropriate for an AIM listed company. The Board is 
responsible for the overall leadership, strategy, development and 
control of the Group in order to achieve its strategic objectives.

The Group provides integrated information and data management 
services, secure technology recycling, and commercial relocation 
solutions, to customers throughout the UK, using our proven 
strategy, resources and expertise to create value that is shared with 
our investors and used to fund continued growth.

The Group is led and controlled by the Board which currently consists 
of two Executive Directors and four Non-Executive Directors and is 
chaired by myself. Board meetings are held on a regular basis and no 
significant decision is made other than by the Directors. All Directors 
participate in the key areas of decision making.

Matters reserved for the Board

 O any changes to the range of services offered by the Group

 O significant acquisitions or entry into major supply or customer 

contracts 

 O the release of all RNS announcements except for those relating 
to the share-based incentives or notifications of changing in 
holdings from investors

 O the release of all significant press announcements

 O the issue of equity 

 O the issue of new grants under existing share-based incentive schemes 

 O interviewed the Board Members and selected advisors

 O the creation of any new equity-based employee incentive 
schemes or bonus schemes for the executive members

 O the disposal of any Group company

 O carried out a quantitative survey in which Directors provided 

feedback on the performance of the Board

 O observed the September 2022 Board and Risk Committee 

 O the annual budget, business plan and Group strategy

meetings

 O any change in auditors

 O Director’s share dealing

 O market purchase of shares in the Group

 O approval of material capex outside of the Group budget

 O appointment of new Directors and approval of Directors remuneration

 O analysed and reviewed Board and Committee papers for the 

meetings observed, governance documents, and other relevant 
material; and

 O reviewed the Board portal available to Board members.

The key findings from the evaluation highlighted that the Board is 
committed and engaged and focused on ensuring that Restore can 

49

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEGovernance Statement continued

2022 Board and Committee meetings and attendance

Number of 
Board meetings

Number of  
Audit Committee
meetings

Number of  
Remuneration
Committee
meetings

Number of  
ESG committee 
meetings

Total 14

Total 3

Total 6

Total 1

Number of  
Nomination
Committee
meetings

Total 1

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Non-Executive Directors

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

Lisa Fretwell*

* Appointed 19 April 2022

14

14

14

14

14

11

3

3

3

3

3

1

6

6

6

6

6

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

continue to scale on a pathway of sustainable growth. The report 
also explored how to increase Board effectiveness and provided 
practical recommendations for the Board to consider which will be 
followed up during 2023.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the financial statements 
as set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on 
page 63. Information on the remuneration arrangements for the 
Directors and senior management is set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 55 and 59. 

The responsibilities of the auditors are described in the 
independent auditors’ report.

Board Committees

The Company has an established Risk Committee, chaired by 
Lisa Fretwell, comprising the Chair and Non-Executive Directors and 
its report is set out on pages 38 to 41.

The Company has an established Audit Committee, chaired by 
Susan Davy, comprising the Chair and Non-Executive Directors 
who are responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Company, The Audit Committee advises on 
appropriate accounting policies and reviewing management 
judgements, reviewing effectiveness of internal controls 
and approves the external audit plan as well as reviews the 
effectiveness of the external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP. The Audit Committee report is set out on page 52.

The Company has an established Remuneration Committee, 
chaired by Jamie Hopkins, comprising the Chair and Non-Executive 
Directors and its report is set out on pages 55 to 59.

During the final quarter of 2022, the Company established a new 
Board sub-committee to oversee the Group’s previously reported 
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) strategy, ‘Restoring 
our World’. The ESG Committee is be chaired by Lisa Fretwell and 
will report to the Board on progress in Restore’s mission to become 
a Net Zero organisation by 2035 and on other activity towards on 
the Group’s ESG objectives. 

The Nomination Committee comprises all of the Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee is chaired by Sharon Baylay-Bell unless 
the matter under discussion is her own succession. Other Directors 

and the Chief People Officer are invited to attend as appropriate. 
The Committee is also assisted by external executive search 
consultants as and when required. The Committee’s principal 
responsibility is to lead the process for Board appointments and 
to make recommendations for maintaining an appropriate balance 
of skills on the Board. The Committee also meets to discuss 
succession planning for key senior executives.

The Board and Nomination Committee undertake regular assessments 
of management to ensure that they maintain a successful strategy in 
order that professional development and succession plans are in place. 
The Board aim to maximise development of internal talent and where 
appropriate involve external advisers.

During the year the Nomination Committee met to read the 
process for a new Non Executive Director and Chair of the Risk 
Committee appointment as well as to start the Board evaluation 
process. 

Our Chair continues to ensure that contributions made to the 
Board are relevant, independent, effective and encourages debate. 

Future matters

Over the next twelve months further review of the Boards 
competancy and functionality will be undertaken and all of the 
recommendations from the Board evaluation will be implemented.

Relations with Shareholders

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are the 
Company’s principal contact for investors, fund managers, the 
press and other interested parties. The Company meets regularly 
with its large investors and institutional shareholders who along 
with analysts are invited to meetings by the Company after the 
announcement of the Company’s results. The Company conducts 
frequent investor roadshows in the UK and holds corporate 
strategy days. At the Annual General Meeting, investors are given 
the opportunity to question the entire Board.

50

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEInternal Control

The Board acknowledges its responsibility for establishing and 
monitoring the Group’s systems of internal control.

Whilst no system of internal control can provide absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss, the Group’s 
systems are designed to provide the Directors with reasonable 
assurance that problems are identified on a timely basis and 
dealt with appropriately. As noted in the Audit Committee 
Report, the Committee reviews and discusses the control 
risks across the business including review of documentation, 
engagement of external audit and compliance assurance and 
process improvement plans as required.

The Board and Audit Committee continue to assess the 
effectiveness of the governance and internal controls 
environment through regular discussion with management 
and the external auditors. During the year this included 
consideration of the evolution of the Group’s financial systems 
strategy. 

No significant control deficiencies have been identified during 
the year and no weakness in internal financial control has 
resulted in any material losses, contingencies or uncertainties 
which would require disclosure. The Board considers that, 
given the control environment described above, there is no 
current requirement for a separate internal audit function. The 
Board will keep this under review this during 2023.

Sharon Baylay-Bell | Chair
15 March 2023

Case Study

Hogan Lovells large relocation with  
Restore Harrow Green

Hogan Lovells is an American-British law firm co-headquartered in 
London and Washington, DC. The firm was formed in 2010 by the 
merger of the American law firm Hogan & Hartson and the British 
law firm Lovells. As of 2022, the firm employed about 2,500 lawyers, 
making it the sixth largest firm in the world.

The Harrow Green team were appointed to clear their offices in 
Holborn Viaduct, move everything to storage for eight weeks and 
then move everything into their new building in Fleet Place, London.

The move was across seven floors and also included a residential 
area on the 8th floor.

To manage this complex move of more than 600 people and 
equipment we supplied a move manager to plan the project and 
work with the Hogan Lovells teams to ensure a smooth move and 
excellent communication throughout.

We also supplied, all packing materials including reusable crates, a 
team of relocation experts and vehicles including where possible our 
electric fleet.

The move included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Breaking down of 600 desks and labelling all parts for their return 
to the new premises,

 Clearance of all other furniture to store or resale/recycling plus 
labelling to enable correct furniture to go to the correct floors,

 Packing of all libraries in sequential order and unpacking in order 
at new site,

 Decommissioning and recommissioning of all IT equipment and 
cable management,

•  Crate management,

• 

 Full photo inventory of every item when going into store.

Minimal downtime for the Hogan Lovells teams was paramount in the 
move and our teams reinstalled all furniture, IT and equipment over 
weekends to ensure teams were able to start work at 8am each Monday.

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

51

GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report
Susan Davy FCA  |  NED and Chair of the Audit Committee 

“I am pleased to provide the Audit 
Committee’s annual report for 2022 
and set out the matters considered by 
the Committee since my last report.”

The Committee continues to focus on three key responsibilities:

 O Ensuring the quality and integrity of the Group’s financial 

reporting

 O Assessing the adequacy of the governance and internal controls 

environment 

 O Consideration of both near term and strategic financial risk and 
in particular, the sufficiency of the Group’s financial capacity to 
meet its ambitious growth plans.

In relation to financial reporting, the Committee continues to 
assess management’s application of relevant reporting standards, 
encourage the development of appropriate accounting policies 
and to review the reasonableness of management judgement in 
preparing financial reports. 

The Committee also continues to assess the effectiveness of the 
governance and internal controls environment through regular 
discussion with management and the external auditors and during 
the year, this included consideration of the evolution of the Group’s 
financial systems strategy. 

These responsibilities are discharged throughout the year in 
accordance with a schedule of business that reflects the annual 
reporting cycle of the Group and provision of sufficient time for 
other Audit Committee matters.

Audit Committee composition 

As with last year, the Audit Committee consisted of myself as Chair 
together with the other Non-Executive Directors and by invitation, 
the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Company 
Secretary and the Group’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
(PwC).

I continue to be satisfied that the Committee has an appropriate 
level of skill and experience to execute its duties and that where 
appropriate it can engage external advisors to support the work of 
the Committee. 

Significant matters considered by the Committee 

A schedule of ordinary business was agreed by the Committee 
prior to the commencement of 2022 and a calendar was set 
in place to ensure that the Committee was able to manage its 
affairs efficiently and was able to concentrate on the key Audit 
Committee matters that affect the Group. 

During the year the Committee met three times to consider these 
ordinary business matters with several additional ad hoc meetings 
held to discuss general corporate matters including refinancing 
arrangements with management . 

The ordinary matters that the Committee considered during the 
year and, where appropriate, since the year end, are set out below. 

52

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEOrdinary matters considered by the Audit Committee since my last report include

Audit and external 
assurance

 O Assessment of the independence and effectiveness of PwC in performing of their role 

 O Recommendation to the Board on reappointment of PwC as external auditors at the Group’s Annual 

General Meeting in May 2022 and agreement of their fees

 O Approval of the PwC audit plan for the year to 31 December 2022 including discussion on evolution of 

scope to reflect the growing size and changing shape of the Group

 O Consideration of the auditors’ report for the year to 31 December 2022

 O Approval of the continued engagement of KPMG as Group tax advisor 

 O Review of KPMG’s annual tax report and management’s Senior Accounting Officer report and assurance 

on Group and entity tax compliance

Financial Reporting 

 O Review of the 2022 Annual Report and recommendation to the Board for its publication 

 O Review of the Group’s results announcements and financial statements for the half year to 30 June 2022 
and full year to 31 December 2022 and subsequent recommendation to the Board for their publication 

 O Approval of management’s adoption of going concern as a basis of preparation for the Group’s financial 

reports,

 O Review of management’s application of relevant reporting standards 

 O Review of areas of management judgement contained in the financial statements, in particular 

impairment assessment.

Governance

 O Review and discussion on progress in developing Group and subsidiary financial policy frameworks 

 O Review of the financial statements of the Restore plc Employee Benefit Trust for the year ending 

31 December 2021 and consideration of shares held by the trust for satisfaction of share incentive 
schemes 

 O Post acquisition review of 2021 acquisitions and discussion on delivery of the various business cases and 

learnings for future acquisitions 

Internal Controls

 O Assessment of requirement for an internal audit function and performance of external assurance provider

 O Consideration of the Group’s financial systems strategy to meet the substantial growth of Restore Digital 

and Restore Technology following a period of substantial acquisition

Accounting policies

 O Review of evolution of accounting policies adopted by the Group

 O Review of whistleblowing report for 2022

 O Consideration of Alternative Performance Measures 

 O Consideration of the appropriateness of business segments for reporting purposes

Financing risk

 O Review of the refinancing of the Group’s revolving credit facility in January 2022 and subsequent proposal 

to extend term to April 2026

 O Review of alternative of sources of finance with specific review of management’s proposal to secure 
borrowing from the U.S. Private Placement market (USPP) in order to fix a proportion of interest rate 
exposure and broaden sources of finance available to the Group 

 O Detailed review of cashflows for the purposes of going concern, including tests for the potential impacts 

economic downturn

53

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report continued

Case Study

Sustainability first approach to IT 
relocations for Skanska

Skanska, one of the UK’s leading contractors, is an inclusive and 
responsible business that is helping to build for a better society.

With a commitment to building for a better society, Skanska was 
looking for a partner to support them with an environmentally 
safe approach to IT in a project to re-locate their 500-employee 
head office. Dealing with the disposition of their redundant IT 
equipment needed a partner who could offer them a solution to 
minimise e-waste whilst keeping a focus on cost efficiencies.

A project of this size needed a structured approach to ensure 
the removal of IT assets integrated with the overall office move. 
Restore Technology created a plan focused on removing the 
redundant assets in stages so that this was fully aligned with 
the overall re-location initiative, including the final stage of 
decommissioning the on-site data centre.

As each section came into scope, Restore Technology 
decommissioned each workstation and managed the secure 
collection of assets from site to deliver to one of our nationwide 
processing centres.  

Each asset collected was asset tagged, securely wiped to remove 
any data, and assessed for the opportunity to re-market. This 
enabled us to re-purpose around 80% of the redundant assets 
from the project and deliver a rebate back to Skanska to optimise 
costs for the overall project. The remaining 20% of assets were 
sent to our specialist recycling centre in Bristol where they were 
broken down to their lowest component parts and sent on for re-
purpose elsewhere.

By working with Restore Technology, Skanska were able to 
support their drive for sustainability in working practices whilst 
experiencing a cost effective and efficient service for the 
disposition of their redundant IT assets.

External auditors

As noted above, the Audit Committee oversees the 
relationship with the external auditors and reviews 
their performance and ongoing independence. The 
Audit Committee has reviewed the independence of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the conduct of the audit for 
the financial year ended 31 December 2022. 

The Committee has concluded that the external audit process 
has been effectively run and that PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP remains independent and has recommended their 
reappointment. The external auditors attend meetings by 
invitation and the Committee meets with the external auditors 
without management present at least once a year.

Risk management and internal controls

The Board is responsible for the effectiveness of the 
Company’s risk management and internal controls. The 
Committee has received a report on the control risks in 
each business unit, key policies and procedures in place, the 
assurance work done to check adherence to those polices and 
the follow up actions taken to address any issues identified. 

In addition, a confidential whistleblowing process is available 
to colleagues and stakeholders to facilitate reporting of any 
malpractice, illegal acts or omissions. All reported incidents are 
followed up and the actions taken reviewed by the Restore plc 
Board. A review of the 2022 whistleblowing matters has been 
conducted by the Committee with no material matters noted.

Future matters

The Audit Committee is well established and will continue to 
focus on its core areas of responsibility whilst evolving to meet 
emerging areas of interest. 

In the area of ESG, the Group continues to make substantial 
progress through the continued achievement of external 
‘Planet Mark’ accreditation and the Group’s adoption of the 
principles of TCFD.

The continued application of TCFD in this year’s Annual 
Report indicates the strong commitment of the Board in ESG 
matters and the formation of a separate Board sub-committee 
responsible for ESG will lead this area going forward with the 
Audit Committee retaining responsibility for ensuring financial 
reporting compliance in this area as best practice evolves.

Susan Davy  |  Audit Committee Chair

15 March 2023

54

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
Jamie Hopkins  |  SID and Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Significant matters considered by the Committee 

In 2022 the Committee met six times. Its main activities during the 
year were to:

 O review the approach to senior executive remuneration to ensure 
it remains fit-for-purpose and appropriately incentivises delivery 
of the Group’s strategy

 O review and agree the structure of this Directors’ Remuneration 

Report

 O agree and appoint the external Remuneration adviser for 2022

 O review the performance of the inflight 2019, 2020 and 2021 

Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP)

 O review and agree the definition of EPS in respect of the 2021 

LTIP scheme

 O review the number of shares issued under its equity-based 

incentive plans over the previous 10 years 

 O review, agree and adopt 2022 LTIP scheme rules

 O review and agree parameters for the 2021 and 2022 Annual 

Bonus Schemes

 O review and agree the outcome and performance achievement 

and payment of the 2021 bonuses 

 O review and agree the performance achievement of the 2019 

LTIP scheme that vested during 2022

 O externally benchmark the remuneration for the Chair, 

Non-Executive and Executive Directors as well as other senior 
roles within the Group

 O agree the Executive Directors’ personal and financial objectives 

for the 2022 performance bonus 

 O approve the total remuneration packages for the Executive 

Directors and Non-Executive Directors for 2022

 O review and approve the 2022 SAYE scheme for all employees

 O review and approve the vesting of 2019 SAYE scheme 

 O approve share scheme satisfaction strategy including funding of 
the Restore employee benefit trust in order that may purchase 
Company shares in the market to satisfy share-based awards.

“On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee, I am pleased to present our 
2022 Remuneration Report. This report 
explains the role of the Committee, the 
policies it has implemented, and its 
activities during the year. As a Committee 
we strive to foster a strong performance 
culture through a well balanced and 
aligned remuneration policy.”

The Committee is responsible for determining the remuneration 
policy for the Executive Directors and senior management, as well 
as its implementation and development over time to ensure that 
it supports the delivery of the Group’s strategy. The Committee 
has agreed Terms of Reference which are available on our website 
www.restoreplc.com. These are kept under regular review to ensure 
that they remain appropriate and reflect any changes which may 
be required as a result of changing regulation, legislation, or best 
practice.

Remuneration Committee composition 

The Committee consists of myself as Chair and the other 
Non-Executive Directors. The Committee meets at least three times 
a year and at other times as appropriate and has retained Ellason 
LLP as primary remuneration consultants with other advisory bodies 
engaged from time to time as required. 

The Committee is committed to adhering to good practice for 
Executive pay and benchmarks reward to market practice. The fixed 
salary and fees for Executive and Non-Executive Directors are set 
out within this report as are the structures that govern variable or 
performance-based reward. 

I continue to be satisfied that the Committee has an appropriate 
level of skill and experience to execute its duties and that where 
appropriate it will engage external advisors to support the work of 

the Committee. 

Directors’ Contracts and Letters of Appointment

The Company’s policy on Executive Directors’ service contracts is that, in line with the best practice provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, they are to be terminable by the company on six months’ notice.

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Date of contract

Notice period

12 December 2018

16 May 2019

6 months

6 Months

55

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but have letters of appointment.

Non-Executive Directors

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Susan Davy

Jamie Hopkins

Lisa Fretwell

Date of letter

Notice period

12 August 2014

12 December 2018

28 November 2019

19 April 2022

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

Annual Report on Remuneration
Directors’ Emoluments

The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the Company during 2022 and 2021 were:

£’000

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Non-Executive Directors

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

Lisa Fretwell*

* appointed 19 April 2022

£’000

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Non-Executive Directors

Martin Towers**

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

** retired 31 October 2021

Salary & Fees

Bonus

Benefits

Pension Costs

451

311

113

63

56

40

198

109

–

–

–

–

1,034

307

18

14

–

–

–

–

32

45

16

–

–

–

–

61

Salary & Fees

Bonus

Benefits

Pension Costs

440

303

110

69

54

53

497

274

–

–

–

–

1,029

771

17

15

–

–

–

–

32

44

15

–

–

–

–

59

Total 
2022

712

450

113

63

56

40

1,434

Total 
2021

998

607

110

69

54

53

1,891

56

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCELong Term Incentive plan (LTIP)

Awards have been made under the Long Term Incentive Plan to senior employees of the Company. The awards are calculated as a 
percentage of the participants’ salaries and scaled according to seniority. Share options were awarded as follows to Charles Bligh and Neil 
Ritchie as shown in the table below.

Award Date

Charles Bligh

27 May 2022

9 June 2021

3 June 2020

21 March 2019

Neil Ritchie

27 May 2022

9 June 2021

3 June 2020

1 October 2019

Number of options 
awarded

Percentage of salary 
awarded

Date from which 
exercisable

Expiry date

178,174

216,616

145,917

253,840

105,324

128,049

80,000

110,295

175%

175%

125%

175%

150%

150%

100%

1 April 2025

31 March 2032

20 March 2024

20 March 2031

2 June 2023

2 June 2030

20 March 2022

20 March 2029

1 April 2025

31 March 2032

20 March 2024

20 March 2031

2 June 2023

2 June 2030

150% 30 September 2022

30 September 2029

The awards shown in the table above in relation to the 2019 scheme vested during the year at 85%. Charles Bligh and Neil Ritchie will be 
entitled to 215,764 and 93,751 ordinary shares respectively when these awards are exercised.

Charles Bligh and Neil Ritchie participate in the Company’s 2020 all-employee share plan (Sharesave scheme). The option price of £3.09 was 
calculated using a 20% discount to the average middle market during the valuation period. The scheme will vest on 30 June 2023 and if the 
saving contract is completed both Directors will be able to exercise options over 5,825 ordinary shares.

The closing price for Restore plc shares at 31 December 2022 was 330.0p. During the year, the market price of the Company’s ordinary 
shares ranged between 506.9p and 315.0p.

Directors’ Interests in Shares

The beneficial interests of the Directors who were in office at 31 December 2022 in the shares of the Company (including family 
interests) were as follows:

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

Lisa Fretwell

Number of  
ordinary shares  
of 5p each  
2022

Number of  
ordinary shares  
of 5p each 
2021

33,410

18,465

15,448

7,406

4,000

–

31,379

18,465

15,448

7,406

4,000

–

As at 13 March 2023 there has been no change in any of the above holdings.

Future matters

The Remuneration Committee will continue to focus on its core areas of responsibility in determining and implementing the remuneration 
policy for the Executive Directors and senior management ensuring that these remain appropriate and reflect changes that may be needed 
to ensure best practice. 

Jamie Hopkins  |  Chair of the Remuneration Committee

15 March 2023

57

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Appendix: Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The Group’s Remuneration Policy is aimed at aligning the interests of the Executive Directors with the growth strategy of the Group and 
creation of shareholder value over the longer-term.

The Committee reviews the Remuneration Policy from time to time to ensure that it: 

 O reinforces the achievement of Restores’ long-term goals and supports its culture

 O reflects market practice

 O is competitive for companies of similar size and complexity; and

 O is simple.

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy

Objective

Policy

Opportunity

Element of 
package

Base salary

Benefits

To provide a competitive base 
salary for the market in which the 
Group operates, to help attract, 
motivate and retain directors with 
the experience and capabilities 
required to achieve the Group’s 
strategic aims. 

To provide a market competitive 
benefits package as part of a 
competitive total package. 

Pension

To provide an appropriate level of 
retirement benefit. 

Salaries are reviewed annually taking 
into account Group performance, 
role, experience, and market 
positioning.

Salary increases are reviewed in 
the context of, and set in line with, 
the increases awarded to the wider 
workforce.

Executive Directors receive benefits 
in line with market practice, principally 
private medical insurance and a car 
allowance. 

Executive Directors are eligible to 
participate in the Group’s defined 
contribution pension plan or receive a 
cash allowance in lieu thereof. 

Set at a level which the Committee 
deems appropriate.

Pension contributions are paid at an 
agreed rate.

Incentive plan

Objective

Operation

Opportunity

Performance linkage

Annual bonus

Rewards achievement 
of short-term financial 
and strategic goals. 

The maximum 
annual bonus 
opportunity is 125 
per cent of base 
salary. 

The performance measures, 
weighting and targets are set 
annually by the Committee. The 
bonus opportunity will be linked 
to the achievement of challenging 
financial and, when appropriate, 
non-financial performance targets. 
The measures and weightings in 
2022 and 2021 were Profit 60%, 
Cash 20% and Strategic objectives 
20%. 

The outcome of the annual 
bonus is based on the 
achievement of annual 
performance targets set at 
the start of the year. The 
Committee has discretion to 
amend the pay-out should the 
formulaic outcome not reflect 
the Committee’s assessment 
of underlying business 
performance. Any bonus earned 
is paid in cash. 

Awards may also be subject 
to clawback for a period of up 
to three years in the event of 
material financial misstatement 
or gross misconduct, at the 
discretion of the Committee.

58

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEIncentive plan

Objective

Operation

Opportunity

Performance linkage

LTIP

To drive and reward 
the achievement 
of longer-term 
objectives, support 
retention and promote 
share ownership by 
Executive Directors. 

The normal 
maximum LTIP 
opportunity is 175 
per cent of salary in 
respect of a financial 
year.

Under the LTIP rules, 
an award of up to 
200 per cent of salary 
may be granted in 
respect of a financial 
year in exceptional 
circumstances.

Awards of nil-cost share 
options may be made annually. 
Vesting will be subject to the 
achievement of specified 
performance conditions over 
a period of three years. To the 
extent that an award vests, it may 
be subject to a further holding 
period of up to two years.

Awards may also be subject to 
malus over the vesting period, 
and clawback for a period of up 
to two years after vesting, at the 
discretion of the Committee.

Dividend equivalents may also 
accrue over the vesting period 
and be paid on any awards that 
vest.

The vesting of LTIP awards will 
be subject to the achievement of 
defined performance targets.

The measures, their weightings 
and the targets set will be reviewed 
by the Committee prior to making 
an award and the targets may be 
reviewed over the vesting period in 
exceptional circumstances. 

The vesting of 2020 LTIP awards 
are based 75% on 3-year return 
on invested capital (ROIC) and 
25% on the Group’s Absolute Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) over the 
performance period.

The vesting of the 2021 and 2022 
LTIP awards are based 75% on 
3-year earnings per share (EPS) and 
25% on the Group’s Absolute Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) over the 
performance period.

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration policy

The remuneration policy for the Non-Executive Directors is to pay fees necessary to attract an individual of the calibre required, taking into 
consideration the size and complexity of the business and the time commitment of the role.

Details are set out in the table below:

Approach to setting fees

Basis of fee

Other items

The fees of the Non-Executive Directors 
are agreed by the Chair and Executive 
Directors. Fees are reviewed annually. 
Fees are set taking into account the level 
of responsibility, relevant experience 
and specialist knowledge of each 
Non-Executive Director.

Fees may include a basic fee and additional 
fees for further responsibilities (for example 
Chair of the Remuneration and Audit 
Committee). Fees are paid in cash.

Non-Executive Directors do not receive any 
benefits or pension contributions. Travel 
and other reasonable expenses incurred in 
the course of performing their duties are 
reimbursed.

59

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report
Sarah Waudby  |  Company Secretary

Directors’ report

The Directors present their report together with the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Information as permitted 
by the Companies Act 
2006, the disclosures 
to the right, which are 
included in the Strategic 
Report, are incorporated 
into the Directors’ Report 
by reference:

Directors

Detail

An indication of the activities of the Company and its subsidiary 
undertakings.

An indication of likely future developments in the business of the 
Company and its subsidiary undertakings.

Engagement with suppliers, customers and others.

Employee engagement.

The biographical details of the Directors are given on pages 46 and 47. 
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and 
up to the date of signing the financial statements are given on pages 46 
and 47. 

Section

Strategic Report

Strategic Report

ESG Committee 
Report

ESG Committee 
Report

Governance

Location

Pages 14 
to 43

Pages 14 
to 43

Pages 33 
to 35

Page 34

Pages 46 
to 47

Directors’ remuneration, long-term executive plans, pension 
contributions, benefits and interests.  

Directors’ 
Remuneration Report

Pages 55 
to 59

Appointment and 
retirement of Directors

The Company’s Articles of Association, the Companies Act 2006 and 
related legislation govern the appointment and retirement of Directors. 

Directors’ insurance

In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, all Directors 
are subject to election by shareholders at the first AGM following their 
appointment, and subject to annual re-election thereafter. 

The Company maintains liability insurance for its Directors and Officers, 
the Company’s articles of association allow the indemnification of 
Directors out of the assets of the Company to the extent permitted by 
law. Indemnities in favour of the Directors have not been entered into 
during the year.  

Directors’ interests 

The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the 
Company’s shares are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Directors’ 
Remuneration Report

Page 57

Related party transactions Any related party transactions required to be disclosed under the AIM 

rules are disclosed in note 34 to the financial statements.  

Corporate Governance 
Statement

The Corporate Governance Report is incorporated by reference into this 
Directors’ Report and includes details of our compliance with the QCA 
Code and how the Company has applied the main principles.

Governance 
Statement

Internal control

A description of the main features of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems in relation to the financial reporting process can 
be found in the Governance Statement.

Governance 
Statement

Pages 49 
to 51

Page 51

Emissions reporting  

Our disclosures in respect of emissions and energy consumption are set 
out on pages 36 to 37. 

Strategic Report

Pages 36 
to 37

Share capital

At 31 December 2022, the Company’s issued share capital consisted of 
136,924,067 ordinary shares of 5p each. Further details on the issued 
share capital, including any changes during the year, can be found in 
note 24 to the financial statements.

60

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEDetail

Section

Location

Substantial shareholders

At 13 March 2023, the latest practicable date prior to the approval of this 
document, the Company had been notified of the following interests 
amounting to 3% or more of the voting rights attaching to  
the Company’s issued share capital: 

Significant Shareholder

Percentage of issues share capital

Octopus Investments (London)

Invesco Limited

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Mgt (London)

Blackrock

Slater Investments

Charles Stanley

Investec Wealth & Investment (London)

Royce & Associates

Janus Henderson Group

12.3%
8.0%
6.8%
4.9%
4.8%
4.0%
3.9%
3.7%
3.0%

Authority to allot shares 

Purchase of own shares 

Articles of association

The Company requests authority from shareholders for the Directors to 
allot shares on an annual basis, and a similar resolution will be proposed 
at the 2023 AGM. At the 2022 AGM, the Directors were authorised 
to allot shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £2,277,901.10, 
representing approximately one third of the Company’s then issued 
share capital.

At the 2022 AGM, the Company obtained shareholder approval to 
purchase up to 13,667,406 of its own ordinary shares of £0.05 each 
(representing 10% of its issued share capital). No shares were purchased 
under this authority during the year. At the 2023 AGM, the Directors will 
again seek authority to purchase the Company’s own shares.

The Company’s Articles of Association were adopted at the 2019 AGM. 
Any amendments to the Articles of Association can only be made by a 
special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. 

Annual General Meeting

The notice of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 16 May 2023 is 
set out on pages 124 to 128.  

Dividends

Details of the dividends are shown in the note 11 to the financial 
statements.

Employee Involvement 
process  

The Directors believe that the involvement of employees is an important 
part of the business culture. Employees are its most important asset and 
contribute to the successes achieved to date.

ESG Report

Page 34

Equal Opportunities 

Employee Benefit Trust

Donations

The Group is committed to eliminating discrimination and encouraging 
diversity. Its aim is that each employee is able to perform to the best 
of their ability. The Group will not make assumptions about a person’s 
ability to carry out their work, for example on their ethnic origin, gender, 
sexual orientation, marital status, religion or beliefs, age or disability.  

In the event of an employee becoming disabled, every effort is made 
to retain them in order that their employment with the Group may 
continue. It is the policy of the Group that training, career development 
and promotion opportunities should be available to all employees.  

The Company has established an Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’) for the 
purpose of facilitating the operation of the Company’s share schemes. 
The EBT waives any voting rights and dividends that may be declared in 
respect of such shares which have not been allocated for the settlement 
of awards made under the Company’s share plans. 

Donations of £12,800 were made by the Group for charitable purposes 
during the year (2021: £4,800). The Group does not make political 
donations. 

61

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report continued

Detail

Section

Location

Property Values  

The Directors are aware that a significant difference may exist between 
market and book values, as shown in the Consolidated statement 
of financial position at 31 December 2022, for the Group’s freehold 
properties, some of which have a market value in excess of the book 
value recorded.  

Financial instruments

Our risk management objectives and policies in relation to the use of 
financial instruments can be found in note 21 to the financial statements.

Going concern

The Directors are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operation for the foreseeable future and that it is appropriate 
to prepare financial statements on the going concern basis. Further 
details are given in note 2 to the financial statements on page 74.  

Events since the balance 
sheet date

Since 31 December 2022, details of post balance sheet events are given 
in note 35 to the financial statements.

Disclosure of information 
to the auditor

Statutory details for 
Restore plc

The Directors in office at the date of these financial statements have 
confirmed that, as far as they are aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the auditors are unaware. Each of the Directors 
have confirmed that they have taken all steps that they ought to have 
taken as Directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that it has been communicated to the 
auditor.  

The Company is a public company limited by shares, incorporated in the 
United Kingdom and registered in England and Wales with registered 
number 05169780. 

Its registered office is The Databank, Unit 5, Redhill Distribution Centre, 
Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5DY.

The Company’s shares are listed on the AIM market under the ticker RST.

This Directors’ report was approved and signed on behalf of the Board on 15 March 2023. 

Sarah Waudby  |  Company Secretary

62

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEStatement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in respect of the 
Financial Statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulation.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared 
the group and the company financial statements in accordance 
with UK-adopted international accounting standards.

Under company law, directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the group and company and of the 
profit or loss of the group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the directors are required to:

 O select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

 O state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting 

standards have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

 O make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; and

 O prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and 
company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
group and company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the group’s and 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the group and company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Sharon Baylay-Bell | Chair
15 March 2023

63

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report to the 
members of Restore plc

Report on the audit of the financial 
statements

Opinion

In our opinion, Restore plc’s group financial statements and 
company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

 O give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 
company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the group’s 
profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year 
then ended;

Our audit approach
Overview

Audit scope

 O We performed full scope audits at the parent company 

(comprising Restore Records Management and head office), and 
Restore Harrow Green.

 O We performed an audit of one or more account balances or 

classes of transactions for Restore Technology, Restore Digital 
and Restore Datashred.

 O have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

 O Our audit procedures account for 84% of group revenue 

and 70% of adjusted profit before tax, post amortisation of 
intangibles on absolute basis.

 O have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 

Key audit matters

Companies Act 2006.

 O Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (group and parent)

We have audited the financial statements, included within the 
Annual Report, which comprise: the consolidated and company 
statements of financial position as at 31 December 2022; 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the 
consolidated and the company statements of cash flows and the 
consolidated and company statements of changes in equity for the 
year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which 
include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Materiality

 O Overall group materiality: £1,440,000 based on 5% of adjusted 

profit before tax, post amortisation of intangibles.

 O Overall company materiality: £970,000 based on 5% of adjusted 

profit before tax, post amortisation of intangibles.

 O Performance materiality: £1,080,000 (group) and £727,000 

(company).

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and 
assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made 
subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and 
considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the 
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we 
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, 
as applicable to other listed entities of public interest, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were 
not provided.

We have provided no non-audit services to the company or its 
controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

64

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEKey audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ 
professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of 
the financial statements of the current period and include the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had 
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results 
of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 

opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Acquisition accounting – valuation of acquired intangibles of EDM 
Group Limited (“EDM”), which was a key audit matter last year, is 
no longer included because of the reduced level of assessed audit 
risk associated with acquisition accounting as the acquisitions 
made during the year were less material than EDM in the previous 
year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with 
last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (group and parent)

As at 31 December 2022, the net book value of intangible assets 
and goodwill held by both the Group and Parent company is 
significant, £331.9m and £185.4m respectively. Goodwill is 
subject to an annual impairment test and impairment tests for 
intangible assets are also required if there are any indications of an 
impairment trigger. Management prepared a discounted cash flow 
model at a cash generating unit (‘CGU’) level in order to support 
the carrying value of intangibles and goodwill. The impairment 
reviews performed by management contain a number of key 
assumptions including revenue growth rate, EBITDA (‘Earnings 
before interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation’), discount 
rate and long term growth rate and downside scenarios sensitising 
these assumptions. A change in these assumptions could result in a 
material change in the valuation of the assets, and as a result there 
is a risk that goodwill and other intangible assets balances are no 
longer deemed to be recoverable and hence should be impaired. 
As per management’s impairment model, there is headroom in 
all CGUs. The CGU with the lowest headroom is the Datashred 
CGU, where the assumptions used are more sensitive and where 
we have specifically assessed the risk of impairment as higher. We 
determined impairment to be a key audit matter because of the 
complexity, estimates and judgement involved in management’s 
assessment. Refer to Note 13 and Note 36 of the financial 
statements (‘Intangible assets’).

We obtained management’s value-in-use impairment models and 
we tested the mathematical integrity. The Datashred CGU within 
the group financial statements required greater focus given the 
relatively lower level of headroom in the impairment assessment 
and the impairment booked in 2020. In evaluating management’s 
annual impairment assessment for goodwill, we performed the 
following procedures: – We assessed the allocation of goodwill 
and acquired intangibles to CGUs; – We evaluated the allocation of 
assets to the CGUs and assessed whether this was a reasonable 
basis for allocation; – We obtained the Board-approved 2023 budget 
and 2024-2026 Strategy Plan which formed the basis of the model 
used in management’s impairment calculation; – We considered 
whether data used in the impairment model was consistent with 
the Board-approved cash flows; – We challenged management 
forecasts and compared future cash flow expectations to historic 
levels as part of our assessment as to whether the planned 
performance was considered achievable, particularly for Datashred; 
– We reviewed key assumptions used by management (revenue 
growth, EBITDA, discount rate, and long term growth rate) and 
sensitised these to determine whether there were any reasonably 
possible changes in these assumptions that would lead to an 
impairment; – Where relevant, we corroborated key assumptions 
through to contracts and third party data sources such as external 
market data available; – We assessed the appropriateness of the 
discount rate and long term growth rate applied using the support 
of our internal valuation experts. Based on our work, we have 
concluded that management’s assessment is supportable and 
related disclosures are appropriately included in accordance with 
IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’.

65

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report continued

How we tailored the audit scope

The impact of climate risk on our audit

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed 
enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the 
group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, 
and the industry in which they operate.

The group operates in the United Kingdom through two divisions 
which comprise five business units: Restore Records Management 
and Restore Digital (within the Digital & Information Management 
division), and Restore Datashred, Restore Technology and Restore 
Harrow Green (within the Secure Lifecycle Services division). 
There is also a central head office function. There were considered 
to be two financially significant operating units which required a 
full scope audit being the parent company (comprising Restore 
Records Management and head office), and Restore Harrow Green. 
We performed an audit of one or more account balances or classes 
of transactions for Restore Technology, Restore Digital and Restore 
Datashred. We also performed procedures on adjusting items.

The parent company comprises Restore Records Management and 
head office, both of which were subject to full scope audit.

As part of our audit, we made enquiries of management to 
understand the Group’s progress on their ESG Strategy “Restoring 
Our World”, and the extent of the potential impact of climate 
risk on the group’s and company’s financial statements, and we 
remained alert when performing our audit procedures for any 
indicators of the impact of climate risk. Our procedures did not 
identify any material impact as a result of climate risk on the 
group’s and company’s financial statements.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of 
materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us 
to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing 
and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial 
statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial 
statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

Overall 
materiality

£1,440,000

£970,000

How we 
determined it

5% of adjusted profit before tax, post 
amortisation of intangibles

5% of adjusted profit before tax, post amortisation of intangibles

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual 
report, adjusted profit before tax, post 
amortisation of intangibles is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in assessing 
the performance of the Group. In the prior year, 
profit before tax and exceptional items was used, 
resulting in overall materiality of £1,300,000. 
Adjusting items were audited separately.

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, adjusted 
profit before tax, post amortisation of intangibles is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in assessing the performance 
of the Group. In the prior year, profit before tax and exceptional 
items was used, resulting in overall materiality of £970,000. 
Adjusting items were audited separately.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated 
a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The 
range of materiality allocated across components was £332,000 
to £1,000,000. Certain components were audited to a local 
statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group 
materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately 
low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, 
we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our 
audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, 
classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining 
sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall 

materiality, amounting to £1,080,000 for the group financial 
statements and £727,000 for the company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a 
number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment 
and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and 
concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 
was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would 
report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£72,000 (group audit) and 48,500 (company audit) as well as 
misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted 

reporting for qualitative reasons.

66

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEConclusions relating to going concern

Reporting on other information

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

 O Management has prepared a going concern paper, alongside 
detailed calculations supporting their assessment of future 
cash flows, available funding sources and covenant compliance. 
Management have highlighted why they are comfortable that 
the Group remains a going concern for the period of at least 
one year from the signing of the financial statements. We have 
understood, evaluated and challenged the key assumptions 
made by management in their paper and are satisfied with 
rationale used in these forecasts;

 O We have tested the mathematical accuracy for the forecast 

models;

 O We have agreed the underlying cash flow projections to 

management forecasts;

 O We have considered the basis for the forecasts by reference 
to historical performance of the Group and assessing the 
appropriateness of the downside scenario;

 O We have reviewed the terms of the financing agreements and 
forecasts used in the compliance testing of the covenants for 
FY23 and tested the calculation of the covenant ratios based on 
the forecast results and cash flows;

 O We have considered availability of extra financing through both 

Debt and Equity;

 O We have assessed the impact of the mitigating factors available 
to management to reduce cash outflows and increase cash 
availability such as reduced dividend and capex spend, selling of 
contracts/freehold sites and debt factoring;

 O We have assessed the appropriateness of the related 

disclosures in the financial statements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial 
statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the 
directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group’s and 
the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of 
this report.

The other information comprises all of the information in the 
Annual Report other than the financial statements and our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other 
information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an 
audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify 
an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we 
are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is 
a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We 
have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also 
considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies 
Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions 
and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the 
audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ 
report for the year ended 31 December 2022 is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and 
company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the 
Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and 
the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial 
statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the directors 
are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
in accordance with the applicable framework and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible 
for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or 
to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

67

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report continued

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, 
is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we 
identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations related to General Data Protection Regulation 
(GDPR), UK Tax Legislation, and we considered the extent 
to which non-compliance might have a material effect on 
the financial statements. We also considered those laws and 
regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements 
such as Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s 
incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the 
financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), 
and determined that the principal risks were related to posting 
inappropriate journal entries to manipulate financial results 
and potential management bias in accounting estimates. Audit 
procedures performed by the engagement team included:

 O Discussions of compliance with the Group Head of Risk, 

Divisional management teams, the Group management team 
and external tax advisors including consideration of known 
or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulation and fraud;

 O Inspection of external press releases, legal correspondence and 

whistle-blowing reports;

 O Challenging the assumptions and judgements made by 
management in determining their significant accounting 
estimates, in particular in relation to impairment of intangible 
assets and goodwill (see related key audit matter);

 O Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal 
entries posted with unusual account combinations including 
unusual or unexpected journal postings to the income 
statement.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described 
above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related 
to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. 
Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud 
is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as 
fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery 
or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of 
certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing 
techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited 
number of items for testing, rather than testing complete 
populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing 
based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will 
use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the 
population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.
org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and 
only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other 
purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to 
whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

 O we have not obtained all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or

 O adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

 O certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 

are not made; or

 O the company financial statements are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Kate Wolstenholme (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

16 March 2023

68

Restore plc Annual Report 2022GOVERNANCEFinancial Statements

Restore plc Annual Report 2022

69
69

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Revenue – continuing operations
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Movement in trade receivables loss allowance
Operating profit
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation

Profit after tax

Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the year from continuing operations and profit 
attributable to owners of the parent
Earnings per share attributable to owners 
of the parent (pence)
Total – basic
Total – diluted

Note

5

17
7
8

9

10

Year ended
 31 December 
2022
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’m

279.0
(155.4)
123.6
(89.2)
(0.2)
34.2
(10.9)
23.3
(6.5)

16.8

–

16.8

12.3p
12.2p

234.3
(127.1)
107.2
(76.2)
0.1
31.1
(8.1)
23.0
(11.5)

11.5

–

11.5

8.7p
8.4p

The reconciliation between the statutory results shown above and the non-GAAP adjusted measures are shown below:

Year ended
 31 December 
2022
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’m

Note

Operating profit
Adjusting items – administrative expenses
Adjusting items – amortisation of intangible assets
Adjusted operating profit
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right of use assets
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation and adjusting items 
(adjusted EBITDA)

Adjusted operating profit

Tax at 19.0% 

NOPAT (‘Net adjusted operating profit after tax’)

Profit before tax
Adjusting items – administrative expenses
Adjusting items – amortisation of intangible assets
Adjusted profit before tax

6
6

7

6
6

34.2
5.6
12.1
51.9
29.6

81.5

51.9

(9.9)

42.0

23.3
5.6
12.1
41.0

Prior year amounts have been re-presented in a format consistent with current year adjusting items.

31.1
4.4
10.7
46.2
28.0

74.2

46.2

(8.8)

37.4

23.0
4.4
10.7
38.1

70

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of financial position
At 31 December 2022

Company registered no. 05169780

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Deferred tax asset

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities – lease liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities – borrowings
Financial liabilities – lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Provisions

Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY
Share capital
Share premium account
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

 31 December 
2022
 £’m

31 December
2021 
£’m

Note

13
14
15
22

16
17
19

18
20

23

19
20
22
23

24
25
26
27

331.9
79.7
101.4
–
513.0

2.0
70.0
30.2
102.2
615.2

(49.2)
(19.2)
(1.6)
(1.7)
(71.7)

(133.7)
(90.3)
(30.9)
(15.4)
(270.3)
(342.0)
273.2

6.8
187.9
6.9
71.6
273.2

327.2
78.8
102.5
5.9
514.4

1.4
56.9
32.9
91.2
605.6

(45.5)
(18.2)
(1.5)
(0.9)
(66.1)

(133.7)
(98.8)
(33.9)
(7.9)
(274.3)
(340.4)
265.2

6.8
187.9
7.0
63.5
265.2

These financial statements on pages 70 to 104 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 15 March 2023 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

Charles Bligh 

Neil Ritchie

Chief Executive Officer 

Chief Financial Officer

71

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Attributable to owners of the parent

Share 
capital
£’m

Share 
premium
£’m

Other 
reserves
£’m

Retained 
earnings
£’m

150.3

6.0

Balance at 1 January 2021

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Issue of shares during the year

Issue costs

Dividends

Share-based payments charge

Current tax on share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Transfer*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Dividends

Share-based payments charge

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Transfer*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2022

6.3

–

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.8

6.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

39.5

(1.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

187.9

187.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.2

0.2

0.6

(0.2)

(2.6)

0.8

7.0

7.0

–

–

–

1.7

(0.7)

(2.1)

(1.1)

2.1

6.9

56.0

11.5

11.5

–

–

(3.4)

–

–

–

0.2

–

(0.8)

63.5

63.5

16.8

16.8

(9.9)

–

–

2.1

–

(0.9)

71.6

Total 
equity
£’m

218.6

11.5

11.5

40.0

(1.9)

(3.4)

2.2

0.2

0.6

–

(2.6)

–

265.2

265.2

16.8

16.8

(9.9)

1.7

(0.7)

–

(1.1)

1.2

273.2

6.8

187.9

* 

 In 2022 a net amount of £2.1 million (2021: £0.2 million) was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and 
exercised options.

72

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of cash flows 
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash generated from operating activities

Net finance costs

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and applications software

Purchase of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired

Purchase of trade and assets

Cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from share issue

Dividends paid

Purchase of treasury shares

Proceeds from disposal of treasury shares

Repayment of revolving credit facility

Drawdown of revolving credit facility

Lease principal repayments

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

A reconciliation between the statutory results above and the measure is shown below:

Cash generated from operating activities
Income taxes paid
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and applications software
Lease principal repayments
Add back: Adjusting items – administrative expenses
Free cashflow

Note

28

13, 14

12

12

21

Note

13, 14

6

Year ended
31 December
2022
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’m

65.2

(11.4)

(6.0)

47.8

(11.0)

(10.8)

(0.7)

(22.5)

–

(9.9)

(1.1)

1.2

(145.8)

146.8

(19.2)

(28.0)

(2.7)

32.9

30.2

59.9

(7.0)

(5.2)

47.7

(8.8)

(85.8)

(0.9)

(95.5)

38.1

(3.4)

(2.6)

–

(65.0)

106.0

(18.8)

54.3

6.5

26.4

32.9

Year ended
 31 December 
2022
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’m

65.2
(6.0)
(11.0)
(19.2)
5.6
34.6

59.9
(5.2)
(8.8)
(18.8)
4.4
31.5

73

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2022

1.   General Information
Restore plc and its subsidiary undertakings focus on providing 
services to offices and workplaces in the public and private sectors 
and has two divisions: Digital & Information Management and 
Secure Lifecycle Services. The Group primarily operates in the UK. 
The Company is a public company limited by shares incorporated 
and domiciled in England, the United Kingdom. The address of its 
registered office is The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, 
Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5DY, England.

The Company is listed on the AIM.

These Group consolidated financial statements were authorised for 
issue by the Board of Directors on 15 March 2023.

2.   Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation

The consolidated financial statements of Restore Plc have been 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost 
basis, except for certain financial assets and liabilities which are 
held at fair value. The accounting policies have been consistently 
applied, other than where new policies have been adopted. 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS 
requires the use of certain accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying 
the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions 
and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements are disclosed later in this note. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds 
sterling and, unless stated otherwise, shown in pounds million to 
one decimal place.

The Directors are satisfied that climate change does not have a 
material impact on either individual assets or cash-generating units 
in the financial statements.

Going Concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance, financial position, 
its cash flows, liquidity position, principal risks and uncertainties 
affecting the business are set out in the Strategic report on 
pages 14 to 43.

The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements 
through its financing facilities. Details of the Group’s borrowing 
facilities are given in note 19 of the financial statements.

The Group’s budget for 2023 and forecasts for 2024, show that 
the Group should be able to operate within the level of its current 
facility.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
a period of at least 12 months from the approval date of these 
financial statements. Thus they continue to adopt the going 

concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial 
statements. In making this assessment, the Directors have 
considered the financing arrangements available to the Group and 
the Group’s cashflow forecasts, taking into account significant but 
plausible downside trading scenarios.

Basis of Consolidation

The Consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of the Company and entities controlled by the 
Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. 
Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern 
the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to 
obtain benefits from its activities.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year 
are included in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective 
date of disposal, as appropriate.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial 
statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used 
into line with those used by the Group.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for 
the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an 
acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, 
equity instruments issued, contingent consideration and liabilities 
incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. Costs directly 
attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed 
in a business combination are initially measured at fair value at 
the acquisition date. Provisional fair values are adjusted against 
goodwill if additional information is obtained within one year 
of the acquisition date about facts or circumstances existing at 
the acquisition date. Other changes in provisional fair values are 
recognised through profit or loss.

Contingent Consideration

Contingent consideration is recognised at fair value at the 
acquisition date. Changes in the fair value of liability-classified 
as contingent consideration that are not measurement period 
adjustments are reflected in the income statement. Contingent 
consideration that is classified as an equity instrument is 
not remeasured and its subsequent settled is accounted for 
within equity.

Changes in contingent consideration arising from additional 
information, obtained within one year of the acquisition date, 
about facts or circumstances that existed at the acquisition date 
are recognised as an adjustment to goodwill.

Segmental Reporting

In the opinion of the Directors there are two operating segments, 
Digital & Information Management and Secure Lifecycle Solutions. 
Segment revenue comprises sales to external customers most of 
whom are located in the UK. Services are provided primarily from 
the UK.

74

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSRevenue Recognition

Revenue is recognised in accordance with IFRS15. Revenue for 
services is recognised in the Consolidated income statement on 
the delivery of those services based upon the proportion of the 
total delivered at the year end date. It is recognised at the fair 
value of consideration received or receivable net of discounts, VAT, 
returns, rebates and after eliminating intra-group sales.

Sale of services 

Revenue from records management represents amounts billed 
or due for the storage and retrieval of customers’ files and boxes. 
Revenue is recognised on retrieval of documents or time-
apportioned for the period for which the documents are stored. 

The Group sells scanning and IT services which are provided on a 
time basis or as a fixed price contract with contract terms ranging 
up to three years. Revenue is recognised based upon the value 
of work completed, or on a contractual basis, either as a fixed 
proportion of managed costs or other fee mechanism, in which 
case revenue is recognised once those contractual conditions have 
been satisfied, either based on managed costs incurred, on a time 
basis, or other appropriate contractual measurement.

The Group provides all round secure document destruction and 
recycling processes, including the rental and servicing of office 
recycling units as well as larger secure waste containers providing a 
confidential waste destruction process. Revenue is recognised on 
a time-apportioned basis in respect of rental and when destruction 
is complete. 

The Group also provides services in respect of relocation, furniture 
storage, asset disposal and recycling. Revenue is recognised 
over the service period and is based upon the value of the work 
completed for removals. Storage revenue is recognised on a per 
day basis for the furniture stored on behalf of its customers and 
when a disposal is complete.

Sale of goods

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when control of 
the goods has been transferred to the customer, the amount 
of revenue can be measured reliably, and the recovery of the 
consideration is probable.

For the sale of paper products, revenue is recognised when the 
goods are delivered to the customers’ premises, which is taken to 
be the point in time at which the customer accepts the goods and 
the related risks and rewards of ownership transfer.

Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment 
is established.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the 
cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of 
identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary, at the date of 
acquisition. Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost 
and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is 

reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently 
reversed. 

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to 
each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from 
the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which 
goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or 
more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be 
impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit 
is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss 
is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-
rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. 

On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is 
included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets are recognised when they are controlled 
through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the 
rest of the business, and their fair value can be reliably measured.

Customer relationships

Acquired customer relationships are identified as a separate 
intangible asset as they are separable and can be reliably measured 
by valuation of future cash flows. This valuation also assesses 
the life of the particular relationship. The life of the relationship 
is assessed annually, and management believes that a useful life 
of between 10-20 years is appropriate for customer relationship 
related intangible assets, depending upon the nature of the 
customer contract. All customer relationships are being amortised 
on a straight-line basis. The customer lists are considered annually 
to ensure that this classification is still appropriate.

Trade names

Acquired trade names are identified as a separate intangible asset. 
Trade names are being amortised on a straight-line basis over ten 
years. The life of the trade name is assessed annually. 

Application software

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of 
the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. 
These costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their 
estimated useful lives (three to five years). 

Costs associated with developing or maintaining computer 
software programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. 
Costs that are directly associated with the development of 
identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group, 
and that will probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs 
beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets. 

Computer software development costs recognised as assets are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives 
(expected to be up to five years). Residual values and useful lives 
are reviewed each year.

75

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSProperty, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis on all property, 
plant and equipment, except freehold land. The useful economic 
lives of the Group’s different asset classes are set out below:

Freehold land and buildings 

2–5% per annum

Leasehold improvements 

over the life of the lease

Basis

Plant and machinery 

Racking 

Office equipment, fixtures  
and fittings 

Motor vehicles 

Leased Assets

5–50% per annum

5% per annum

10–40% per annum

20–25% per annum

Leases are accounted for in accordance with IFRS16, with a right-
of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability recognised at the 
date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. 
Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance 
cost. The finance cost is charged to statement of comprehensive 
income over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each 
period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the 
asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on 
a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value 
of fixed lease payments (less any lease incentives receivable) and 
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate. The 
group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease 
payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the 
lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease 
payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is 
reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset. 

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the amount 
of the initial measurement of the lease liability, lease payments 
made at or before the commencement date less any lease 
incentives received, initial direct costs and restoration costs. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit 
in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined interest rate 
structures based on the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate have 
been used, to reflect the rate that the lessee would have to pay to 
borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a 
similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. 
The Group have applied the practical expedient as permitted by 
IFRS16 to apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with 
reasonably similar characteristics. To determine the incremental 
borrowing rate, the Group starts with a risk-free interest rate 
which factors in Group specific credit risk, and makes adjustments 
specific to the lease, for example based on the type of asset being 
leased and the lease term. 

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-
value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense 
in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 
12 months or less and low-value assets comprise IT-equipment and 
small items of office furniture.

Extension and termination options are included in a number of 
property and equipment leases across the Group. These terms 
are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing 
contracts. The majority of extension and termination options held 
are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. 
Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only 
included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be 
extended (or not terminated).

Cloud based arrangements

Most cloud-based arrangements are accounted for as service 
contracts with the cost recognised over the service period, and 
with the associated implementation costs generally expensed as 
incurred.

In some circumstances, cloud-based arrangements can be 
accounted for as intangible assets under IAS 38 or as a lease under 
IFRS 16, with the full cost recognised as an asset and subsequently 
amortised or depreciated over the contract period. In such cases 
the directly attributable implementation costs would be initially 
recognised and subsequently charged to the income statement. 
Given however that in these arrangements customers do not 
typically take possession of software or obtain a software licence, 
but rather just receive access to the supplier’s application software 
via an internet connection, this does not provide the customer 
with an asset, and the relevant recognition criteria are not met. 

Investments

Investments are carried at cost. An impairment test is performed 
on the carrying value of the investment when there is an 
impairment trigger. An impairment loss is recognised for the 
amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its recoverable 
amount, when there is objective evidence for impairment including 
significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

Cost is determined on a first in first out basis. Net realisable value 
is the price at which inventories can be sold in the normal course 
of business. Provision is made where necessary for obsolete, slow 
moving and defective inventories.

Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables, classified as loans and receivables in accordance 
with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, are recorded initially at fair value 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost. A provision for 
impairment is established when the Company considers that there 
is a significant increase in credit risk, in line with the expected credit 
loss (‘ECL’) model. The movement in the provision is recognised in 
profit or loss.

76

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
Any other receivables are recognised at their initial fair value less 
the value of the impairment calculated.

Customer Incentives

Incentives provided to new customers are in the form of either 
costs borne on behalf of new customers or the provision of 
services free of charge. Such incentives are recognised as an asset 
at amortised cost at the point when the contract is signed and 
the costs are incurred, or when the service is provided and are 
amortised in the income statement over the average period of 
the contract.

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents as defined for the Consolidated 
statement of cash flows comprise cash in hand, cash held at bank 
with immediate access, overdrafts, other short-term investments 
and bank deposits with maturities of three months or less from the 
date of inception.

Assets Held for Sale

Assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their 
carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than continuing use. This condition is regarded 
as met only when a sale is highly probable and the asset (or 
disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present 
condition. Management must be committed to the sale which 
should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale 
within one year from the date of classification. If this condition 
is no longer met and the assets and disposal groups are held for 
continuing use they are transferred out of assets held for sale in the 
current year. Disposal groups are groups of assets, and liabilities 
directly associated with those assets, that are to be disposed of 
together as a group in a single transaction. Non-current assets and 
disposal groups classified as held for sale are initially measured at 
the lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell. 

At subsequent reporting dates non-current assets (and disposal 
groups) are measured to the latest estimate of fair value less 
costs to sell. As a result of this measurement any impairment is 
recognised by charging to profit or loss.

Trade Payables

Trade payables, classified as other liabilities in accordance with 
IFRS 9, are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 
Other payables are stated at amortised cost.

Borrowings

Borrowings are classified as other liabilities in accordance with 
IFRS 9 and are recorded at the fair value of the consideration 
received, net of direct transaction costs. Finance charges are 
accounted for in profit or loss over the term of the instrument 
using the effective interest rate method.

Taxation

The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable 
and deferred tax.

Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. 
Taxable profit differs from accounting profit as reported in the 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income because it 
excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible 
in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable 
or deductible. 

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on 
differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used 
in the computation of taxable profit and accounted for using the 
balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. 

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 
difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other 
assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax 
profits nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply 
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised 
based upon tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax is charged or credited 
in profit or loss, except when it relates to items charged or credited 
directly to other comprehensive income and equity, in which case 
the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income 
and equity.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that 
an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation 
and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. If the effect is 
material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flows at an appropriate pre-tax discount rate.

The Group is required to restore its leased premises to their 
original condition at the end of the respective lease term. A 
dilapidation provision has been recognised for the present value 
of the estimated expenditure required to remove any lease hold 
improvements. These costs have been capitalised as part of the 
leased asset and amortised over the useful life.

Equity Instruments

Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at fair 
value net of transaction costs.

Share-Based Payments

The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share-based 
payments.

The Group issues equity settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity settled share-based payments are measured 
at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the 

77

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSgrant date of equity settled share-based payments is expensed on 
a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest. Where employees’ 
contracts are terminated the options are treated as having been 
forfeited and accordingly previous charges are credited back to 
profit or loss if the option has not yet vested or retained earnings if 
the option has vested.

The Group has the ability to net-settle share options such that 
only shares equating to the gain over the option price are issued 
directly to the option holder. This has the benefit of reducing the 
number of shares that must be issued in connection with an option 
exercise thereby reducing shareholder dilution. 

The Group recognise an accrual in respect of National Insurance 
payable on the exercise of all share options. The liability recognised 
depends on the number of options that are expected to be 
exercised, and the liability is adjusted by reference to the fair value 
of the options at the end of each reporting period.

Pensions

The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension 
schemes. Contributions are charged to profit or loss as incurred.

Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the 
Group’s statement of financial position when the Group has 
become party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
The Group uses derivative financial instruments when considered 
appropriate such as interest rate caps to hedge its risks associated 
with interest rates. Such derivative financial instruments are initially 
recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract 
is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. 
Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and 
as liabilities when the fair value is negative. Any gains or losses 
arising from changes in fair value on derivatives during the year 
that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken directly to profit 
or loss.

Adoption of New and Revised Standards

The following new standards and amendments to standards 
which were effective for the first time during the financial year: 
Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use – 
Amendments to IAS 16; Reference to the Conceptual Framework 
– Amendments to IFRS 3; Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a 
Contract Amendments to IAS 37; Annual Improvements to IFRS 
Standards 2018–2020. These new standards and amendments 
to standards did not have a material effect on the financial 
statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

Certain new accounting standards, amendments to accounting 
standards and interpretations have been published that are not 
mandatory for 31 December 2022 reporting periods and have not 
been early adopted by the group. These standards, amendments 
or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact 
on the entity in the current or future reporting periods an on 
foreseeable future transactions.

3.   Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets 
and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the 
reporting date. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and 
estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material 
adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected 
in the future.

Judgements

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
management has made the following judgements, apart from 
those involving estimates, which have the most significant effect 
on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Adjusting items

Restore’s strategy is to grow through organic expansion, strategic 
acquisitions and margin enhancement through efficiency and 
scale. To assess progress in delivery of this strategy, management 
believe it is useful to provide readers of the accounts with 
alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) that describe the 
performance of the Group before the effects of significant costs 
or income that are considered to be distorting due to their 
nature, and non-cash amortisation primarily arising from acquired 
intangible assets. Adjustments made from statutory measures 
to adjusted measures are referred to as adjusting items within 
the financial statements and include amortisation, expenses 
associated with acquisitions and subsequent integration costs, 
costs associated with major restructuring programmes, and other 
significant costs that are considered to be distorting due to their 
nature when assessing the performance of the business.

The Group’s APMs should be considered as supplementary to 
statutory measures and readers of the accounts should note the 
limitations of the measures and that they are not comparable 
across companies. Refer to Note 6 for further details.

During the year, the Group moved away from exceptional item 
accounting, which appears to be more common practice across 
our market sector, and places more responsibility on management 
judgement, subject to guidance parameters, to determine 
adjusting items used to derive the Group’s alternative performance 
measures. Prior year amounts have been re-presented in a format 
consistent with current year adjusting items.

Determination of lease term

In determining the lease term used to calculate the present value 
of future lease payments as required by IFRS16, management 
exercise judgement in considering all facts and circumstances that 
create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, 
or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods 
after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the 
lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

Estimates and assumptions

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources 
of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date that have a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 

78

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSamounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
discussed below. 

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk

Valuation of separable intangibles on acquisition 

The Group has made five acquisitions during the year. The key 
estimate that has been made is in respect of the valuation of 
customer relationships. 

When valuing the intangibles acquired in a business combination, 
management estimate the expected future cash flows from 
the asset, determine an appropriate period for the cashflows 
equivalent to the expected useful life of the asset, and select a 
suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of 
those cash flows. Separable intangibles valued on acquisitions 
made in the year related to customer relationships and were valued 
at £9.1 million (2021: £40.7 million). Sensitivity details are included 
in note 12.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of 
impairment for all non-financial assets at each reporting date. 
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and at other times 
when such indicators exist. Other non-financial assets are tested 
for impairment when there are indicators that the carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable. When value-in-use calculations 
are undertaken, management must estimate the expected future 
cash flows from the asset or cash generating unit and choose 
a suitable discount rate and long-term growth rate in order to 
calculate the present value of those cash flows. Sensitivity details 
are included in note 13.

Dilapidations provision

The Group are required to recognise a provision in respect of 
the reinstatement and dilapidation costs from exiting a property. 
The dilapidation cost per square foot of property can vary 
significantly based on the location of the property, the condition 
of the property, the nature of the landlord in question, as well 
as a number of other property specific factors. The Group have 
calculated the provision by reference to estimated dilapidation 
costs per square foot across the portfolio, having considered 
properties by reference to the likelihood of exit, the level of 
repair required and most recently the effect of inflation on costs. 
Sensitivity details are included in note 23.

4.   Financial Risk Management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market 
risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and capital risk. The Group’s overall 
risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of 
financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects 
on the Group’s financial performance. 

The Group may use derivative financial instruments to hedge 
certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out centrally under policies approved 
by the Board of Directors. The Group evaluates and hedges 
financial risks. The Board provides written principles for overall risk 
management.

The Group operates primarily in the UK and has limited exposure to 
foreign exchange risk.

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. 
Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash 
flow interest rate risk. During the year, the Group’s borrowings at 
variable rates were denominated in pounds sterling. The Group 
analyses its interest rate exposure using financial modelling. 
Based on the various scenarios, the Group manages its cash flow 
interest rate risk by using interest rate swaps when considered 
appropriate. Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of 
converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates at a certain 
level. Interest rate swaps are an agreement with other parties 
at quarterly intervals, to exchange the difference between fixed 
and floating rate calculated by reference to the notional principal 
amount. The Group does not currently hold any interest rate 
swaps.

Credit risk

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis, except for credit risk 
relating to accounts receivable balances. Each local entity is 
responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each 
of their new customers before standard payment, delivery terms 
and conditions are offered. Credit risk arises from cash and cash 
equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with 
banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to retail 
customers, including outstanding receivables and committed 
transactions. The maximum exposure is the carrying amount. 

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of 
the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, the Group’s 
exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, 
with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these 
instruments.

Liquidity risk

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a 
forecasting model. This model considers the maturity of both its 
financial assets and financial liabilities and projected cash flows 
from operations. The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance 
between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of 
bank overdrafts, bank loans and finance in order to ensure that 
there is sufficient cash or working capital facilities to meet the 
requirements of the Group for its current business plan. A detailed 
analysis of the Group’s debt facilities is given in note 21.

Capital risk

The Group’s main objective when managing capital is to protect 
returns to shareholders by ensuring the Group will trade profitably 
in the foreseeable future. The Group also aims to maximise its 
capital structure of debt and equity so as to minimise its cost of 
capital. 

79

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Group manages its capital with regard to the risks inherent in the business and the sector within which it operates by monitoring 
its gearing ratio on a regular basis. The Group considers its capital to include share capital, share premium, other reserves and retained 
earnings as noted below. Net debt includes short and long-term borrowings (including overdrafts) net of cash and cash equivalents. 

The Group’s strategy is to strengthen its capital base in order to sustain the future development of the business.

Debt to Capital Ratio

Total debt

Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 19)

Net debt

Total equity

Debt to capital ratio

2022
£’m

133.7

(30.2)

103.5

273.2

0.4

2021
£’m

133.7

(32.9)

100.8

265.2

0.4

The gearing has stayed consistent during 2022 compared to that in 2021. The Group does not have any externally imposed capital 
requirements.

Fair value estimation

External borrowings fair values are not materially different from their carrying amounts, since the interest payable is either close to market 
rates or the borrowings are of a short term nature.

5.   Segmental Analysis
Services per segment operate as described in the Strategic report. The vast majority of trading of the Group is undertaken within the United 
Kingdom. Segment assets include intangibles, property, plant and equipment, right of use assets, inventories, receivables and operating 
cash. Central assets include deferred tax and head office assets. Segment liabilities comprise operating liabilities. Central liabilities include 
income tax and deferred tax, corporate borrowings and head office liabilities. Capital expenditure comprises additions to computer 
software, property, plant and equipment and includes additions resulting from acquisitions through business combinations. Segment 
assets and liabilities are allocated between segments on an actual basis.

Revenue

The revenue from external customers was derived from the Group’s principal activities primarily in the UK (where the Company is 
domiciled) as follows:

Revenue – Continuing operations

Restore Records Management

Restore Digital

Digital & Information Management

Restore Technology

Restore Datashred

Restore Harrow Green

Secure Lifecycle Solutions

Total Revenue

2022
£’m

113.7

54.5

168.2

35.8

37.4

37.6

110.8

279.0

2021
£’m

101.4

36.9

138.3

28.1

30.2

37.7

96.0

234.3

For the year ended 31 December 2022 no customers individually accounted for more than 3% (2021: 3%) of the Group’s total revenue.

80

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSegmental information: 

Profit before tax

Digital & Information Management

Secure Lifecycle Solutions

Central

Adjusting items – amortisation of intangible assets (note 6)

Share-based payments charge (including related NI)

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Digital & Information Management

Operating profit

Adjusting items

Adjusted operating profit

Secure Lifecycle Solutions

Operating profit

Adjusting items

Adjusted operating profit

Prior year amounts have been re-presented in a format consistent with current year adjusting items

2022
£’m

44.8

11.0

(7.6)

(12.1)

(1.9)

34.2

(10.9)

23.3

2022
£’m

44.8

2.6

47.4

2022
£’m

11.0

0.8

11.8

2021
£’m

41.9

9.5

(6.8)

(10.7)

(2.8)

31.1

(8.1)

23.0

2021
£’m

41.9

0.6

42.5

2021
£’m

9.5

2.2

11.7

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Capital expenditure

Depreciation and amortisation

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Capital expenditure

Depreciation and amortisation

Digital &
Information
Management 
£’m

446.3

115.4

8.4

29.2

Digital &
Information
Management 
£’m

341.2

154.1

5.7

26.2

Secure
Lifecycle
Services 
£’m

158.3

63.7

2.2

11.9

Secure
Lifecycle
Services 
£’m

255.5

57.3

2.7

12.1

31 December
2022
Total 
£’m

615.2

342.0

11.0

41.7

31 December
2021
Total 
£’m

605.6

340.4

8.8

38.7

Central
£’m

10.6

162.9

0.4

0.6

Central
£’m

8.9

129.0

0.4

0.4

81

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS6.   Adjusting Items/Alternative Performance Measures
Restore’s strategy is to grow through organic expansion, strategic acquisitions and margin enhancement through efficiency and scale. 
To assess progress in delivery of this strategy, management believe it is useful to provide readers of the accounts with alternative 
performance measures (‘APMs’) that describe the performance of the Group before the effects of significant costs or income that are 
considered to be distorting due to their nature, and non-cash amortisation primarily arising from acquired intangible assets. 

Adjustments made from statutory measures to adjusted measures are referred to as adjusting items within the financial statements and 
include amortisation, expenses associated with acquisitions and subsequent integration costs, costs associated with major restructuring 
programmes, and other significant costs that are considered to be distorting due to their nature when assessing the performance of the 
business.

The Group’s adjusting items are set out below: 

Amortisation

Acquisition related transaction/advisory costs*

Restructuring and redundancy*

Property related costs

Strategic IT reorganisation

Other adjusting items*

Total adjusting items

2022
£’m

12.1

1.4

2.6

0.9

0.7

–

17.7

2021
£’m

10.7

1.2

2.4

–

–

0.8

15.1

Total adjusting items include £5.6 million of “adjusting items – administrative expenses” (2021: £4.4 million), and £12.1 million of “adjusting items – 

amortisation of intangible assets” (2021: £10.7 million).

*  Previously disclosed as exceptional items in previous years.

Amortisation
The amortisation charge is primarily in relation to acquired intangible assets resulting from fair value adjustments under IFRS3. Given 
the overall quantum of the amortisation charge and its non-cash nature, this cost is adjusted for in deriving the Group’s alternative 
performance measures. For transparency, we note that the Group does not similarly adjust for the related revenue and profits generated 
from its business combinations in its alternative profit measures.

Acquisition related transaction/advisory costs
Acquisition related transaction adjustments primarily relate to legal, due diligence, financing and advisory costs incurred in association with 
business acquisition activity.

Acquisition related transaction/advisory adjusting costs were £1.4 million in 2022 compared to £1.2 million in 2021. The Group regularly 
reviews acquisition opportunities to deliver on its strategy, and in doing so incur costs for transactions that may or may not complete. For 
transparency, we note that the Group does not similarly adjust for the related revenue and profits generated from its acquisitions in its 
alternative profit measures.

Restructuring and redundancy
Restructuring and redundancy adjustments relate to costs to integrate acquisitions and other large internal reorganisation events, primarily 
relating to people.

For 2022, £2.6 million of restructuring and redundancy costs were classified as adjusting and principally arise from acquisition related 
restructuring and integration activity (£2.1 million), with the remaining cost of £0.5 million in connection with other Group-wide 
restructuring programmes. £2.4 million of restructuring and redundancy costs in 2021 were entirely in connection with acquisition related 
restructuring activity.

Property related costs
Property related adjustments relate to unusual and significant income or costs that can distort understanding of the ordinary performance 
of business.

During 2022, property related adjustments were £0.9 million relating to a significant property dilapidation settlement on one site which 
crystalised during the year in excess of amounts provided for within the financial statements. The dilapidation provision is a critical 
accounting estimate, and any individual small under or over provision of a property dilapidation is not separately identified within 
alternative performance measures, however given the quantum of the incremental costs incurred across this site, the resultant additional 
charge is considered to distort the results of the Group.

82

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSStrategic IT reorganisation
The Group is undertaking a 3-year programme to deliver cloud-based strategic IT programmes. The implementation costs associated with 
these systems transformations are to be expensed to the income statement as incurred. 

Investment of c.£4 million is planned across Finance, HR and other systems over a 3 year period, with the in-year cost of these 
programmes £0.7 million for 2022. Future cost savings are expected from these systems implementations, however, for transparency we 
note that these cost savings will not be adjusted for in deriving the Group’s alternative performance measures.

Other adjusting items
Other adjusting items in 2021 included defence costs in respect of a takeover proposal of the Group (£0.5 million), and the final adjustment 
to the legal liability from 2018 (£0.3 million), for which the total fine was £0.6 million, but for which the first part of the liability was 
recognised as an adjusting item during 2020. 

The Group’s APMs are summarised below:

APMs

Description

Adjusted operating profit (for Group and the 
Group’s segments)

Calculated as statutory adjusted operating profit before adjusting items.

Net adjusted operating profit after tax 
(‘NOPAT’)

Calculated as adjusted operating profit with a standard tax charge applied. APM used for 
calculation of cash conversion.

Adjusted EBITDA

Pre-IFRS16 Adjusted EBITDA

Calculated as earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation and adjusting 
items.

Calculated as Adjusted EBITDA before IFRS16 and share-based payments. APM used for 
calculation of leverage, in line with the calculation of financial debt covenants.

Adjusted profit before tax

Calculated as statutory profit before tax and adjusting items.

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share

Return on invested capital (‘ROIC’)

Net debt

Leverage

Free cashflow

Cash conversion

Calculated as adjusted profit before tax with a standard tax charge applied, divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue.

Calculated as adjusted profit before tax with a standard tax charge applied, divided by the 
weighted average fully diluted number of shares in issue.

Calculated as adjusted profit before tax, finance costs, IFRS16 and share-based 
payments, with a standard tax rate applied, divided by weighted average net debt and 
equity, excluding the impact of IFRS16.

Calculated as external borrowings less cash, excluding the effects of lease obligations 
under IFRS16.

Calculated as pre-IFRS16 Adjusted EBITDA divided by net debt, including a pro-forma 
adjustment to EBITDA for acquisitions in line with financial debt covenants.

Calculated as cash generated from operations less income taxes paid, capital expenditure 
and lease payments, but before adjusting items (excluding amortisation).

Calculated as free cashflow divided by net operating profit. Note for 2020 and 2021, free 
cashflows have been normalised for the impact of VAT deferrals (£7.3m).

The Group’s APMs should be considered as supplementary to statutory measures and readers of the accounts should note the limitations 
of the measures and that they are not comparable across companies. Prior year amounts have been re-presented in a format consistent 
with current year adjusting item.

83

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS7.   Operating Profit 

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit:

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 13)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (notes 14 and 15)

Share-based payments charge (including related NI) (note 31)

Fees payable to the company’s auditors:

– Audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements

– Audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Expenses by function:

Staff costs (note 31)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (notes 14 and 15)

Property related costs (excluding rent)

Materials costs

Subcontractor costs

Selling and distribution expenses

Transport costs

IT and related costs

Audit and tax costs

Legal and professional costs

Telecommunication and network costs

Other expenses

Total cost of sales and administrative expenses*

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 13)

Total operating costs

*Prior year amounts have been re-presented in a format consistent with current year adjusting item

8.   Finance Costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

Interest on finance lease liabilities

Amortisation of deferred finance costs

Total Finance costs

2022
 £’m

12.1

29.6

1.9

0.4

0.1

107.3

29.6

22.4

15.2

19.9

7.5

11.1

8.5

0.6

4.7

0.9

5.0

232.7

12.1

244.8

2022
£’m

5.0

5.0

0.9

10.9

2021 
£’m

10.7

28.0

2.8

0.3

0.1

87.6

28.0

17.1

10.8

15.5

6.8

10.5

5.8

0.5

5.3

0.8

3.8

192.5

10.7

203.2

2021
£’m

2.6

5.2

0.3

8.1

84

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS9.   Taxation

Current tax

UK corporation tax on profit for the year

Adjustment in respect of previous periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax: (note 22)

Current year

Adjustment in respect of previous periods

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge

2022
£’m

6.0

0.1

6.1

0.3

0.1

0.4

6.5

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income as follows:

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by the rate of corporation tax of 19.0% (2021: 19.0%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible

Adjustment in respect of corporation tax for previous periods

Adjustment in respect of deferred tax for previous periods

Share-based payments

Effect of change in rate used for deferred tax

Tax charge

2022
£’m

23.3

4.4

1.3

0.1

0.1

0.3

0.3

6.5

2021
£’m

6.8

–

6.8

4.7

–

4.7

11.5

2021
£’m

23.0

4.4

0.9

–

–

–

6.2

11.5

The tax charge for the year is higher than the profit before tax multiplied by the rate of corporation tax (2021: higher).

10.  Earnings per share attributable to owners of the parent
Basic earnings per share have been calculated on the profit for the year after taxation and the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
in issue during the year.

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Total profit for the year 

Total basic earnings per ordinary share 

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Dilutive Options (number)

Weighted average fully diluted number of shares in issue

Total fully diluted earnings per share 

2022

2021

136,761,738

132,932,784

£16.8m

12.3p

£11.5m

8.7p

136,761,738

132,932,784

1,264,065

4,736,714

138,025,803

137,669,498

12.2p

8.4p

85

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAdjusted earnings per share

The Directors believe that the adjusted earnings per share provide a comparable view of earnings derived from the Group’s alternative 
performance measures. The adjusting items are shown in the table below:

Profit before tax

Adjusting items – administrative expenses

Adjusting items – amortisation of intangible assets

Adjusted profit before tax

2022
£’m

23.3

5.6

12.1

41.0

2021
£’m

23.0

4.4

10.7

38.1

The adjusted earnings per share and adjusted fully diluted earnings per share, based on the weighted average number of shares in issue 
during the year of 136.8 million (2021: 132.9 million) and weighted average fully diluted number of shares in issue during the year of 
138.0 million (2021: 137.7 million) respectively, are calculated below using a standard tax charge:

Adjusted profit before tax (£’m)

Tax at 19.0% (£’m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£’m)

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share

2022

41.0

(7.8)

33.2

24.3p

24.1p

2021

38.1

(7.2)

30.9

23.2p

22.4p

11. Dividends
The directors recommend a final dividend of 4.8p per share for the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: 4.7p per share) to give a full year 
dividend of 7.4p per share (2021: 7.2p). An interim dividend of 2.6p was paid during the year (2021: 2.5p). 

12. Business Combinations
The Group’s strategy seeks to target the substantial acquisition opportunities that exist in all of the markets in which it operates, whilst 
applying strict investment discipline. The Group has completed five acquisitions during the year. 

On 3 May 2022, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Ultratec (Holdings) Limited, together with its subsidiaries (“Ultratec”). 
Ultratec is a Technology business that provides secure data erasure and physical data destruction services, bespoke technology recycling 
solutions, hard drive parts supply and data centre focussed hardware maintenance services.

On 31 October 2022, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of CAMA Group Limited, together with its subsidiaries (“CAMA”). CAMA 
is a commercial relocation and storage business which also provides an asset management portal. The portal provides on-line tracking and 
retrieval for all assets held on behalf of customers.

On 4 May 2022, 20 May 2022 and 31 October 2022, the Company acquired the trade and assets of Secure Records & Data Management 
Limited (“SRDM”), UK Archive Limited and Millbank Document Storage Limited (“Millbank”) respectively, which are all Records Management 
businesses.

As the Group is still in the process of establishing the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, the fair values presented below are 
provisional.

86

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIntangibles – customer relationships

Intangibles – software

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities – lease liabilities

Provisions

Deferred taxation

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash to Vendors

Deferred / contingent consideration

Total consideration

Ultratec
£’m

CAMA
£’m

SRDM
£’m

UK
Archive
£’m

Millbank
£’m

Total
£’m

 6.7

0.2

0.4

0.9

0.3

0.8

2.3

(1.0)

(0.9)

(0.2)

(1.7)

7.8

3.5

11.3

11.2

0.1

11.3

1.7

0.5

0.1

0.1

–

–

–

–

0.4

0.1

(0.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.4)

(0.2)

1.5

1.2

2.7

1.5

1.2

2.7

0.3

0.2

0.5

0.5

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

0.1

0.1

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

0.1

0.1

–

0.1

 9.1

0.2

0.4

0.9

0.3

1.2

2.4

(1.3)

(0.9)

(0.2)

(2.3)

9.8

4.9

14.7

13.4

1.3

14.7

The fair value of acquired receivables is £1.2 million, which is equivalent to the gross contractual amount of acquired receivables due. The 
loss allowance recognised on acquisition is not considered to be material.

Acquired intangibles are valued based on future cash flows equivalent to the expected useful life of the asset. The present value is most 
sensitive to the expected useful life. A halving of expected useful life decreases the value of customer relationships acquired by £2.7 million.

The Goodwill arising across the acquisitions primarily represents the potential synergies and cross-selling to the Group’s existing 
operations; an extension of the Group’s national coverage, increasing the Group’s market share; access to new markets; and the skilled 
workforce and knowledge acquired.

A significant portion of contingent consideration is payable based on revenue milestones. The potential amount payable is between £0 and 
£1.0 million. The fair value of the contingent consideration of £1.0 million recognised was based on the maximum expected future cash 
flow payable. The amount is undiscounted and payable with 6 months of completion. The remaining deferred consideration is payable 
based on completion dates.

During the year, deferred consideration of £0.5 million was paid, in relation to prior year acquisitions of Euro-Recycling Limited and The 
Document Warehouse Limited (2021: £1.3 million). 

Post acquisition results

The table below gives the revenue and profit for the acquisitions completed in the year and included in the consolidated results.

Revenue

Profit before tax since acquisition included in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2022
£’m

5.5

0.5

2021
£’m

30.0

6.3

If the acquisitions had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenue would have been £283.3 million and Group 
continuing profit before tax would have been £23.9 million. 

The acquisitions made during the year were to further extend national coverage, increase customers and sites and increase the Group’s 
market share in its Records Management, Technology and Harrow Green businesses.

87

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13. Intangible Assets

Cost

1 January 2021

Arising on acquisition of subsidiaries

Arising on acquisition of trade and assets

Additions – external

31 December 2021

Arising on acquisition of subsidiaries

Arising on acquisition of trade and assets

Fair Value Adjustment

Additions – external

Disposals

31 December 2022

Accumulation amortisation and impairment

1 January 2021

Charge for the year

31 December 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2022

Carrying amount

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

Goodwill
£’m

Customer
relationships
£’m

Trade names
£’m

Applications
software
£’m

165.8

46.7

–

–

212.5

4.7

0.2

1.7

–

–

128.1

39.9

0.8

–

168.8

8.4

0.7

–

–

–

219.1

177.9

17.6

–

17.6

–

–

17.6

201.5

194.9

33.5

9.1

42.6

10.4

–

53.0

124.9

126.2

4.3

–

–

–

4.3

–

–

–

–

–

4.3

2.5

0.3

2.8

0.2

–

3.0

1.3

1.5

7.2

1.1

–

2.0

10.3

0.2

–

–

0.9

(0.7)

10.7

4.4

1.3

5.7

1.5

(0.7)

6.5

4.2

4.6

Amortisation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense.

Of the £1.7 million fair value adjustment, £1.3 million relates to provisions and £0.4 million relates to accruals.

Total 
£’m

305.4

87.7

0.8

2.0

395.9

13.3

0.9

1.7

0.9

(0.7)

412.0

58.0

10.7

68.7

12.1

(0.7)

80.1

331.9

327.2

88

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe changes to goodwill during the year were as follows:

Cost

1 January 2021

Acquired – CDL

Acquired – The Bookyard

Acquired – 1BDM

Acquired – EDM

Acquired – PRM

Acquired – TDW

Acquired – Capture All

31 December 2021

Acquired – Ultratec

Acquired – CAMA

Acquired – SRDM

Fair value adjustment – The Document Warehouse

Fair value adjustment – EDM

Fair value adjustment – Capture All

Fair value adjustment – CDL

Fair value adjustment – PRM Green

31 December 2022

Accumulated impairment

1 January 2021

Impairment charge

31 December 2021

Impairment charge

31 December 2022

Carrying amount

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

Goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s operating segments as follows: 

Digital & Information Management

Secure Lifecycle Solutions

Annual test for impairment

2022
£’m

143.0

58.5

201.5

£’m

165.8

7.8

0.6

0.9

33.1

3.3

0.7

0.3

212.5

3.5

1.2

0.2

0.1

0.9

0.3

0.2

0.2

219.1

17.6

–

17.6

–

17.6

201.5

194.9

2021
£’m

141.8

53.1

194.9

Under IAS 36, Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, irrespective of there being any impairment indicators. For the purpose of 
impairment testing, goodwill and other intangibles are allocated to business units which represent the lowest level at which that those 
assets are monitored for internal management purposes. The recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit (‘GCU’) is determined from 
value-in-use calculations. The calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by the 
Directors. 

89

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAt the year-end, an impairment review was conducted including downside scenario modelling, which indicated that no impairment was 
required to any CGUs. The year-end model utilises forecasts based upon the Group’s budget for 2023 and the Group’s Strategy Plan for 
2024, 2025 and 2026. Over the 4 year forecast, the CGUs have compound average growth rates for revenue ranging from 2%-5%, with 
pre IFRS16 EBITDA average margin varying between 11%-40%. Terminal cash flows are based on the Group’s 4 year projections, assumed 
to grow perpetually at 2%. In accordance with IAS 36, the growth rates for beyond the initially forecast years do not exceed the long-term 
average growth rate for the industry. The forecasts have been discounted at a pre-tax rate of 9.5% (2021: 8.9%). This discount rate was 
calculated using a pre-tax rate based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Group. 

Sensitivity

For the Datashred CGU, an increase in the discount rate or the business not achieving the growth in profitability forecast for FY26, could 
result in an impairment.  Across all other CGUs, the Group have not identified any reasonably possible changes that would result in an 
impairment.

An increase in the discount rate to 12.6% for the Datashred CGU using management’s base case would remove all headroom from the 
impairment assessment performed. A further increase of 0.1% to this discount rate would result in an impairment of £0.6m. 

In addition, the Datashred CGU is sensitive to the terminal year cash flow. Using the Group discount rate of 9.5%, a 20% reduction on TV 
EBITDA would not result in an impairment. A further 20% decrease in TV would result in an impairment of £5.5m. 

We have also modelled what % reduction to EBITDA would result in all headroom being removed from the impairment assessment using a 
discount rate of 10.5% and 11.5%, with a 17.1% and 8.8% reduction required respectively. These scenarios are before taking any mitigating 
actions such as capex reductions, which would increase the headroom in the model. 

90

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
14. Property, Plant and Equipment

Land & freehold 
buildings 
£’m

Leasehold
improvements
£’m

Racking plant &
machinery
£’m

Office
equipment
fixtures &
fittings
£’m

Motor
vehicles
£’m

Cost

1 January 2021

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals

31 December 2021

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals

31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2022

Net book value

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

30.5

0.3

4.9

–

35.7

0.9

–

–

36.6

2.8

0.6

–

3.4

0.8

–

4.2

32.4

32.3

22.5

2.5

1.4

–

26.4

1.9

–

(0.5)

27.8

6.3

2.5

–

8.8

2.6

(0.5)

10.9

16.9

17.6

42.6

1.9

0.4

–

44.9

3.6

0.4

(0.4)

48.5

18.6

4.0

–

22.6

3.9

(0.4)

26.1

22.4

22.3

5.9

2.0

2.9

–

10.8

3.5

–

(2.0)

12.3

3.9

1.3

–

5.2

2.1

(2.0)

5.3

7.0

5.6

1.7

0.1

0.5

(0.1)

2.2

0.2

–

(0.1)

2.3

1.0

0.3

(0.1)

1.2

0.2

(0.1)

1.3

1.0

1.0

Capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the financial statements is shown in note 32.

Depreciation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense. 

Total 
£’m

103.2

6.8

10.1

(0.1)

120.0

10.1

0.4

(3.0)

127.5

32.6

8.7

(0.1)

41.2

9.6

(3.0)

47.8

79.7

78.8

91

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS15. Right of use assets

Cost

1 January 2021

Additions

Acquired

Disposals

31 December 2021

Additions

Acquired

Disposals

31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2022

Net book value

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

16. Inventories

Finished goods and goods for resale

£4.2 million (2021: £6.6 million) of inventories were recognised as an expense in cost of sales in the year.

Office
equipment,
fixtures and
fittings
£’m

Leasehold
Property
£’m

Motor
Vehicles
£’m

116.9

7.2

6.3

(2.4)

128.0

16.5

0.9

(1.9)

143.5

 21.0

15.2

(2.4)

33.8

16.5

(1.9)

48.4

95.1

94.2

1.2

–

–

(1.1)

0.1

–

–

(0.1)

–

1.0

0.1

(1.1)

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

17.8

1.2

–

(1.8)

17.2

1.6

–

(3.7)

15.1

6.8

4.0

(1.8)

9.0

3.5

(3.7)

8.8

6.3

8.2

2022
£’m

2.0

Total 
£’m

135.9

8.4

6.3

(5.3)

145.3

18.1

0.9

(5.7)

158.6

28.8

19.3

(5.3)

42.8

20.0

(5.6)

57.2

101.4

102.5

2021
£’m

1.4

92

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS17. Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables

Less: Loss allowance

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

2022
£’m

41.9

(0.4)

41.5

1.6

26.9

70.0

2021
£’m

34.7

(0.2)

34.5

0.4

22.0

56.9

The average credit period is 52 days (2021: 49 days). No interest is charged on the trade receivables for the first 30 days from the date of 
the invoice. Thereafter, interest may be charged on the outstanding balance.

Trade receivables are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts, determined by reference to past payment history and the 
current financial status of the customers.

Movement in loss allowance

1 January

Additional provision

Released

31 December

2022
£’m

0.2

0.2

–

0.4

2021
£’m

0.3

0.1

(0.2)

0.2

In determining the recoverability of the trade receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from 
the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. See note 21 for an analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not 
impaired. 

Customer incentives are included within prepayments as follows:

Incentives outstanding – 31 December

Incentives recognised during the year

Contract assets are included within accrued income as follows:

Contract assets

18. Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Other payables*

Accruals and deferred income

*Other payables includes £0.5 million relating to share-based payments

Contract liabilities are included within accruals and deferred income as follows:

Contract liabilities

2022
£’m

6.8

4.7

2022
£’m

9.7

2022
£’m

18.6

8.5

0.8

21.3

49.2

2022
£’m

4.7

2021
£’m

3.8

1.3

2021
£’m

8.6

2021
£’m

15.0

9.1

0.7 

20.7 

45.5

2021
£’m

3.2

The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the credit time frame. Trade and other 
payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit period for trade purchases is 
44 days (2021: 43 days).

93

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS19. Financial Liabilities – Borrowings

Non-current

Bank loans – secured

Deferred financing costs

2022
£’m

135.0

(1.3)

133.7

2021
£’m

134.0

(0.3)

133.7

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million revolving credit facility. 

At 31 December 2022, the bank debt was due to Barclays Bank plc, National Westminster Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc, The Governor 
and Company of the Bank or Ireland, Bank of China Limited and Citibank. The interest rate profile and an analysis of borrowings is given in 
note 21. 

Under the bank facility the Group was required to meet quarterly covenant tests in respect of interest cover and leverage. All covenant 
tests were met during the year.

Analysis of net debt

Cash at bank and in hand

Bank loans due within one year

Bank loans due after one year

Net debt

20. Financial Liabilities – lease liabilities

Obligations under leases – present value of lease liabilities

Repayable by instalments:

In less than one year

In two to five years

More than five years

2022
£’m

30.2

–

(133.7)

(103.5)

2022
£’m

109.5

19.2

55.5

34.8

109.5

2021
£’m

32.9

–

(133.7)

(100.8)

2021
£’m

117.0

18.2

55.1

43.7

117.0

21. Financial Instruments
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash at bank, bank loans and various other receivable and payable balances that arise from its 
operations. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to finance the Group’s operations.

Cash at bank

Bank overdraft

Cash and cash equivalents

2022
£’m

30.2

–

30.2

2021
£’m

32.9

–

32.9

An expected credit loss (‘ECL’) model in accordance with IFRS 9 has been applied to the Group’s trade receivables. The Group have utilised a 
simplified approach which is permitted by the standard, which applies a credit risk percentage based upon historical risk of default against receivables 
that are grouped into age brackets. The group’s trade receivables share similar risk characteristics and therefore we have chosen to apply the same 
default percentage of 1.0% on all outstanding receivables. The Group has a low credit risk on its trade receivables and historic defaults.

We review loans and receivables in line with the application of IFRS 9 and the expected credit loss (‘ECL’) model in accordance with our 
Group policy and this will continue on an ongoing basis.

94

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAs at 31 December 2022, trade receivables of £1.3 million (2021: £1.2 million) were past due but not impaired. 

These relate to a number of independent customers with no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as 
follows:

60–90 days
Greater than 90 days

2022
£’m

0.1
1.2

2021
£’m

0.3
0.9

The main financial risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The Directors review and agree 
policies for managing each of these risks. Interest rates are regularly reviewed to ensure competitive rates are paid. Detailed cash flow 
forecasts are produced on a regular basis to minimise liquidity risks.

Carrying value of financial assets and liabilities excluding cash and borrowings

Receivables
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

2022
£’m

41.9
(145.5)

2021
£’m

34.9
(153.4)

Trade and other receivables/payables are carried through comprehensive income where the carrying values are either fair value or 
approximate fair value.

Currency and interest rate risk profile of financial liabilities 

The interest rate risk profile of the Group’s gross borrowings for the year was:

Currency

Sterling at 31 December 2022

Sterling at 31 December 2021

Interest rate sensitivity

Floating
rate financial
liabilities
£’m

Weighted
average
 interest rates
%

133.7

133.7

3.1

1.9

Total
£’m

133.7

133.7

At 31 December 2022, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher and all other variables were held constant, it is estimated that the 
Group’s profit before tax would be approximately £0.7 million (2021: £0.6 million) lower. This is mainly attributable to the Group’s exposure 
to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings and is based on the change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held 
constant throughout the year.

The Group’s sensitivity to future interest rates changes has increased during the current year due to the increased debt resulting from 
acquisition activity.

Financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position and interest rate profile

All financial assets are short-term receivables and cash at bank. The cash at bank earns interest based on the variable bank base rate and is 
held with Barclays Bank plc.

Maturity of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s financial liabilities (including interest payments) was as follows:

Within one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

More than five years

Bank
debt
£’m

–

133.7

–

133.7

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

55.4

55.2

34.9

145.5

2022
Total
£’m

55.4

188.9

34.9

279.2

95

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSWithin one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

More than five years

Bank
debt
£’m

–

133.7

–

133.7

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

54.6

55.1

43.7

153.4

2021
Total
£’m

54.6

188.8

43.7

287.1

*  Other financial liabilities include trade payables, accruals, amounts owing under lease arrangements and contingent and deferred consideration

Borrowing facilities

At 31 December 2021, the Company had a finance facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Ireland, Clydesdale 
Bank plc and Allied Irish Bank which was due to expire on 26 March 2023. This facility consisted of a single £160 million Revolving Credit 
Facility (“RCF”).

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million, multicurrency RCF on enhanced terms, which is partly reduce by an on demand net overdraft facility of £1.5 million. The new 
RCF, which substantially increased the Group’s funding capacity for investment activity, was for an initial three-year tenor, expiring on 30 
April 2025, with an option to extend the term by two further one-year periods at the Company’s request, subject to lender consent. On 27 
January 2023, the Group extended the RCF through to 30 April 2026. 

The RCF is provided by a syndicate of six lenders being, Barclays Bank plc, National Westminster Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc, 
The Governor and Company of the Bank or Ireland, Bank of China Limited and Citibank. 

The RCF includes an additional £50 million uncommitted accordion and an overdraft of £1.5 million. £1.5 million of the overdraft facility 
was unutilised at 31 December 2022 (2021: £1.5 million). Committed but undrawn borrowing facilities at 31 December 2022 amounted to 
£63.5 million (2021: £24.5 million).

All of the Company’s borrowings are currently in sterling.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

The Group’s financial assets and liabilities bear floating interest rates and are relatively short-term in nature, excluding borrowing. For the 
majority of the borrowings, the fair values are not materially different from their carrying amounts, since the interest payable on those 
borrowings is either close to current market value or the borrowings are of a short-term nature.

Interest rate management

The Group does not currently hold any interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the issued variable rate debt 
held due to the current interest rates incurred and forecasted market rates. This policy is reviewed on a regular basis by the Board.

22. Deferred Tax
Summary of balances

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Net position at 31 December

2022
£’m

(35.7)

4.8

(30.9)

2021
£’m

(33.9)

5.9

(28.0)

The Government has confirmed that the increase in the UK corporation rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) and substantively 
enacted on 24 May 2021 will come into force as planned. This will increase the company’s future current tax charge accordingly. The 
deferred tax liability at 31 December 2022 has been calculated at 25%.

96

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe movement in the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

1 January

Charge to consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year

Tax (charged)/credited directly to equity

Acquisitions

31 December

2022
£’m

(28.0)

(0.4)

(0.7)

(1.8)

(30.9)

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the year:

Deferred tax liabilities

Accelerated
capital
allowances
£’m

Intangible
assets
£’m

Properties
£’m

1 January 2021

Charge to income for the year

Acquisition

31 December 2021

Charge to income for the year

Acquisitions

31 December 2022

Deferred tax liabilities are analysed as follows:

(0.8)

(0.1)

–

(0.9)

(2.3)

–

(3.2)

(18.0)

(5.4)

(8.0)

(31.4)

2.6

(2.3)

(31.1)

Current

Non-current

Total

Deferred tax assets

1 January 2021

Credit to income for the year

Charge directly to equity

Acquisitions

31 December 2021

Credit to income for the year

Credit directly to equity

Acquisitions

31 December 2022

Share-based
payments
£’m

Provisions
£’m

Leases
£’m

Pensions
£’m

Other
£’m

0.8

0.7

0.6

–

2.1

(0.3)

(0.7)

–

1.1

–

0.1

–

0.5

0.6

(0.4)

–

0.5

0.7

2.6

0.5

–

–

3.1

(0.2)

–

–

2.9

–

0.1

–

–

0.1

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

0.1

(1.0)

(0.6)

–

(1.6)

0.2

–

(1.4)

2022
£’m

(5.2)

(30.5)

(35.7)

2021
£’m

(16.4)

(4.7)

0.6

(7.5)

(28.0)

Total 
£’m

(19.8)

(6.1)

(8.0)

(33.9)

0.5

(2.3)

(35.7)

2021
£’m

(6.1)

(27.8)

(33.9)

Total 
£’m

3.4

1.4

0.6

0.5

5.9

(0.9)

(0.7)

0.5

4.8

97

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDeferred tax assets are analysed as follows

Current

Non-current

Total

2022
£’m

0.8

4.0

4.8

2021
£’m

0.7

5.2

5.9

Restore plc and its wholly owned UK subsidiaries have applied tax consolidation legislation, which means that these entities are taxed as a 
single entity. As a consequence, the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities have been offset in the consolidated financial statements.

23. Provisions

1 January

Additional provision

Acquired provision

Utilised

Released

31 December

2022
£’m

8.8

8.6

0.2

(0.3)

(0.2)

17.1

2021
£’m

6.9

0.3

1.6

–

–

8.8

Included within provisions is a dilapidation provision which relates to the future anticipated costs to restore leased properties into their 
original state at the end of the lease term. Estimates are stated at nominal value and therefore the impact of discounting is not material. An 
increase in costs of 1% per square foot across the portfolio would result in an increase in the provision of £0.2 million.

Provisions are analysed as follows:

Current

Non-current

Total

2022
£’m

1.7

15.4

17.1

2021
£’m

0.9

7.9

8.8

The provision for estate dilapidations was reviewed at 31 December 2022 and the provision increased by £8.6 million to reflect inflation in 
construction costs and reassessment of potential liability on sites where a lease exit is considered likely. The total provision following this 
reassessment is £17.1 million and is depreciated over the remaining term of the lease in accordance with the application of IFRS16. 

24. Called Up Share Capital

Authorised:

199,000,000 (2021: 199,000,000) ordinary shares of 5p each

Allotted, issued and fully paid:

136,924,067 (2021: 136,674,067) ordinary shares of 5p each

Date

1 January 2021

20 April 2021 – exercise of share options

5 May 2021 – equity raised to acquire EDM

31 December 2021

26 August 2022 – equity issued to Employee Benefit Trust

31 December 2022

2022
£’m

10.0

6.8

Number of
ordinary
shares

125,654,025

61,138

10,958,904

136,674,067

250,000

136,924,067

2021
£’m

10.0

6.8

Issue
price

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

98

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS250,000 ordinary shares were issued during 2022 to fund the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust in order to settle some of the Group’s share 
options which were exercised during the year. In 2021 61,138 ordinary shares were issued as a result of the exercise of share options which 
were net-settled at the market price on the day of exercise. 

25. Share Premium Account

1 January

Premium on shares issued during the year

Share issue costs

31 December

2022
£’m

187.9

–

–

187.9

2021
£’m

150.3

39.5

(1.9)

187.9

The Company may use the reserve to reduce a deficit in the retained earnings of the Company from time to time subject to shareholders 
and court approval and the Company may release the reserve upon transferring to a blocked trust bank account a sum equal to the 
remaining amount outstanding to non-consenting creditors that existed at the date of the capital reduction.

26. Other Reserves

1 January 2021

Current tax on share-based payments charge

Deferred tax on share-based payments charge

Share-based payments charge

Transfer*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

31 December 2021

Deferred tax on share-based payments charge

Share-based payments charge

Transfer*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

31 December 2022

Share-based
payments
reserve
£’m

6.8

0.2

0.6

2.2

(0.2)

–

–

9.6

(0.7)

1.7

(2.1)

–
–
8.5

Treasury 
shares
£’m

(0.8)

–

–

–

–

(2.6)

0.8

(2.6)

–

–

–

(1.1)
2.1
(1.6)

Total
£’m

6.0

0.2

0.6

2.2

(0.2)

(2.6)

0.8

7.0

(0.7)

1.7

(2.1)

(1.1)
2.1
6.9

*  In 2022 a net amount of £2.1 million (2021: £0.2 million) was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and 

exercised options.

The share-based payments reserve comprises charges made to the income statement in respect of share-based payments under the 
Group’s equity compensation schemes.

The Group maintains an Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’). The Trustee of the EBT holds shares in the Company for future satisfaction of 
options to employees granted under the Group’s Share Option Plans. These shares are accounted for as treasury shares.

99

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS27. Retained Earnings

1 January

Profit for the year

Issue of shares

Dividends

Transfers*

Disposal of treasury shares

31 December

2022
£’m

63.5

16.8

–

(9.9)

2.1

(0.9)

71.6

2021
£’m

56.0

11.5

–

(3.4)

0.2

(0.8)

63.5

*  In 2022 a net amount of £2.1 million (2021: £0.2 million) was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and 

exercised options.

Retained earnings are the balance of income retained by the Group. Retained earnings may be distributed to shareholders by a dividend 
payment.

28. Cash Generated from Operating Activities

Continuing operations

Profit before tax

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Net finance costs

Share-based payments charge

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Decrease in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operating activities

2022
£’m

23.3

29.6

12.1

10.9

1.9

(0.3)

(11.9)

(0.4)

65.2

2021
£’m

23.0

28.0

10.7

8.1

2.2

(0.3)

(7.8)

(4.0)

59.9

29. Pensions
The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes for all qualifying employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees. The total cost charged to profit or loss of £2.3 million (2021: £1.8 million) 
represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plan.

30. Share-Based Payments
Savings Related Share Option Scheme (Sharesave)

The Group operates a Savings Related Share Option Scheme which is open to all employees employed at 1 April 2022 for this years grant. 
This is an approved HMRC scheme and was established in 2018. 

Under the Sharesave, participants remaining in the Group’s employment at the end of the three year savings period are entitled to use their 
savings to purchase shares in the Company at a stated exercise price. 

Employees leaving for certain reasons are able to use their savings to purchase shares within six months of their leaving. During the year, 
613,126 new awards were granted (2021: 847,015).

100

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSA reconciliation of Sharesave share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Issued

Lapsed

Forfeited

Cancelled

Exercised

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

2022
Weighted
average
exercise
price

303.4p

353.0p

391.8p

–

324.5p

274.7p

326.9p

274.0p

2022
Number

1,351,078

613,126

(113,833)

–

(248,276)

(432,437)

1,169,658

46,198

2021
Weighted
average
exercise
price

302.7p

309.0p

364.7p

284.2p

317.0p

397.2p

303.4p

432.0p

2021
Number

677,535

847,015

(5,852)

(9,577)

(133,446)

(24,597)

1,351,078

79,950

The weighted average remaining vesting period of the options outstanding at 31 December 2022 was 1.9 years (2021: 2.0 years).

Options were valued using a Binomial model. The fair value per option and the assumptions used in the calculation for the options issued 
were as follows:

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Share options

Expected volatility

Risk free rate

Expected dividend yield

Expected life of options (years)

Fair value per option

Model used

2022

£4.40

£3.53

613,126

29.89%

1.50%

1.82%

3

£1.26

2021

£4.13

£3.09

847,015

39.21%

0.15%

1.67%

3

£1.45

Binomial

Binomial

The total fair value of Sharesave options issued in 2022 was £0.8 million (2021: £1.2 million). 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

A new LTIP was established in 2018 and the first awards were made in 2019. Under the Long Term Incentive Plan, shares are conditionally 
awarded to senior employees of the Company. The awards are calculated as a percentage of the participants’ salaries and scaled according 
to seniority.

Performance is measured at the end of the three year performance period. If the required performance conditions have been met, the 
awards vest and may be subject to a further holding period of up to two years. These awards have no associated exercise price. 

A reconciliation of LTIP share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Issued

Lapsed

Forfeited

Exercised

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

The weighted average remaining vesting period of the LTIP awards is 1.3 years (2021: 1.4 years).

2022
Number

1,982,570

653,159

(46,031)

(106,252)

(68,174)

2021
Number

1,221,415

761,155

–

–

–

2,415,272

1,982,570

446,806

–

101

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe fair value of the options granted in the year without market-based performance conditions were estimated using a Binomial model. 
The fair value of the options granted with market-based performance conditions were estimated using Monte-Carlo model taking into 
account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The following table lists the key inputs and assumptions used to 
value the LTIP grants:

Weighted average share price at grant date

Exercise price

Share options

Expected volatility

Risk Free rate of return

Expected dividend yield

Expected life of options (years)

Weighted average fair value per option

Model used

2022 
LTIP subject
to fully diluted 
EPS

2022 
LTIP subject
to TSR

2021 LTIP 
subject fully 
diluted EPS

2021 
LTIP subject
to TSR

£4.60

£nil

489,869

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

£4.60

£4.60

£nil

163,290

36.36%

1.43%

n/a

3

£2.33

£4.04

£nil

570,866

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

£4.04

£4.04

£nil

190,289

39.43%

0.13%

n/a

3

£2.54

Binomial

Monte-Carlo

Binomial

Monte-Carlo

The total fair value of LTIP options issued in 2022 was £2.6 million (2021: £2.8 million). 

Executive committee bonus surrender for shares award:

During the prior year, because of the COVID-19 pandemic, instead of awarding a cash bonus in 2020 to the executive committee, a deferred 
discretionary bonus was awarded in the form of a share award, conditional only upon individuals remaining in employment for a further 
two years. These awards have no associated exercise price.

A reconciliation of the share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted

Exercised

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

2022
Number

153,066

2021
Number

–

–

153,066

(135,193)

17,873

17,873

–

153,066

–

The weighted average remaining vesting period of the award is 0.5 years (2021: 0.6).

Options were valued using a Binomial model. The fair value per option and the assumptions used in the calculation for the options issued 
were as follows:

Weighted average share price at grant date

Exercise price
Share options

Expected volatility

Risk free rate

Weighted average expected dividend yield

Expected life of options (years)
Fair value per option
Model used

2022

£4.07

£nil
153,066

n/a

n/a

1.23%

1
£4.01
Binomial

102

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSLegacy share option scheme

The Restore share option scheme was introduced in April 2010 and the last award under the scheme was made in December 2018. Under 
the scheme the Remuneration Committee could grant options over shares in the Company to Directors and employees of the Group. 
Options were granted at a fixed price equal to the market price of the shares under option at the date of grant. Awards under the scheme 
were generally reserved for employees at senior management level and above. Between 2010 and 2018 the Company made grants of 
options to Senior Management and Directors, on which there are no performance conditions and which are exercisable within 0–10 years. 

A reconciliation of the legacy share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Exercised

Lapsed

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

2022
Weighted
Average
Exercise
price

371.1p

351.3p

441.4p

359.5p

359.5p

2022
Number

1,250,000

(225,000)

(200,000)

825,000

825,000

2021
Number

1,645,000

(395,000)

–

1,250,000

1,250,000

The weighted average contractual life of the remaining awards is 6.6 years (2021: 8.0 years).

The exercisable options outstanding at 31 December 2022 had an exercisable price of between 149.5p and 501.0p. 

31. Directors and Employees

Staff costs during the year

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Post employment benefits

Share-based payments charge (including related NI)

2022
£’m

94.2

8.9

2.3

1.9

107.3

2022

2021
Weighted
Average
Exercise
price

312.1p

125.4p

–

371.1p

371.1p

2021
£’m

76.2

6.8

1.8

2.8

87.6

2021

Average monthly number of employees during the year

Number

Number

Directors*

Management

Administration

Operatives

* There were also 4 Non-Executive Directors during the year (2021: 4).

Total amounts for Directors’ remuneration and other benefits

Emoluments for Directors’ services
Directors’ remuneration shown above included the following amounts 
in respect of the highest paid Director: 

2

178

501

2,189

2,870

2022
£’m

 1.4

2

158

409

1,877

2,446

2021
£’m

1.9

Aggregate emoluments

0.7

1.0

103

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey management compensation

Short-term employment benefits

Social security costs

Post-employment benefits

Other benefits

Share-based payments charge

The key management of the Group are management attending divisional board meetings.

32. Capital Commitments

Capital expenditure

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

2022
£’m

7.2

1.1

0.4

0.2

1.9
10.8

2022
£’m

4.7

2021
£’m

7.6

1.2

0.4

0.1

2.2
11.5

2021
£’m

1.3

The capital commitments consist of £0.5 million (2021: £1.3 million) in respect of general plant and equipment and £4.2 million 
(2021: £nil) in respect of land and buildings.

33. Contingent Liabilities
The Company has entered into a bank cross guarantee with its subsidiaries. The guarantee amounts to £103.5 million at 31 
December 2022 (2021: £100.8 million).

34. Related Party Transactions and Controlling Party
The remuneration of key management personnel and details of the Directors’ emoluments are shown in note 31. During the year, 
dividends of £2,512, £1,348, £1,055, £541 and £292 were paid to Charles Bligh, Neil Ritchie, Sharon Baylay-Bell, Jamie Hopkins and 
Susan Davy respectively (2021: £784, £462, £386, £185 and £100 respectively).

The Directors do not consider there to be a controlling party.

35. Post Balance Sheet Events
On 27 January 2023, the Group extended its £200 million revolving credit facility from the previous termination date of 30 April 
2025 to 30 April 2026. 

104

Notes to the Group financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSParent Company statement of financial position
At 31 December 2022
Company registered number: 05169780

Continuing operations

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Investment

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax payable

Financial liabilities – leases liabilities

Provisions

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Financial liabilities – lease liabilities

Other long term liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the owners of the parent

The Company’s profit for the financial year was £12.2 million (2021: £9.6 million). 

31 December
2022
£’m

31 December
2021
£’m

Note

36

37

38

39

46

40

41

43

42

44

47

43

44

44

46

47

48

185.4

54.8

72.0

95.2

–

407.4

0.8

146.6

13.7

161.1

568.5

(30.4)

 (5.2)

(13.1)

(0.9)

(49.6)

170.8

52.9

73.3

96.1

4.2

397.3

0.5

123.0

16.0

139.5

536.8

(19.2)

 (1.5) 

(12.3)

(0.7)

(33.7)

(133.7)

(133.7)

(65.1)

(33.9)

(19.0)

(10.7)

(262.4)

(312.0)

256.5

6.8

187.9

6.2

55.6

256.5

(73.5)

(18.0)

(19.7)

(5.3)

(250.2)

(283.9)

252.9

6.8

187.9

6.1

52.1

252.9

These financial statements on pages 105 to 123 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 15 March 2023 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

Charles Bligh 
Chief Executive Officer 

Neil Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer

105

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Parent Company statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Balance at 1 January 2021
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners
Issue of shares during the year
Issue costs

Dividends

Share-based payments charge

Current tax on share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Transfers*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Dividends

Share-based payment charge

Deferred tax on share-based payment

Transfers*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2022

Attributable to owners of the parent

Share 
capital
£’m

Share 
premium
£’m

Other 
reserves
£’m

Retained 
earnings
£’m

6.3
–

–

0.5
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.8

6.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

150.3
–

–

39.5
(1.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

187.9

187.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.8

187.9

5.4
–

–

–
–

–

2.2

0.2

0.3

(0.2)

(2.6)

0.8

6.1

6.1

–

–

–

1.7

(0.5)

(2.1)

(1.1)

2.1

6.2

46.5
9.6

9.6

–
–

(3.4)

–

–

–

0.2

–

(0.8)

52.1

52.1

12.2

12.2

(9.9)

–

–

2.1

–

(0.9)

55.6

Total 
equity
£’m

208.5
9.6

9.6

40.0
(1.9)

(3.4)

2.2

0.2

0.3

–

(2.6)

–

252.9

252.9

12.2

12.2

(9.9)

1.7

(0.5)

–

(1.1)

1.2

256.5

*   

 In 2022 a net amount of £2.1 million (2021 £0.2 million) was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and 
exercised options.

106

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSParent Company statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash generated from operating activities
Net finance costs
Income taxes paid
Net cash generated from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and applications software
Purchase of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired
Purchase of trade and assets
Net payment of intercompany loan
Cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from share issue
Dividends paid
Purchase of treasury shares
Proceeds from disposal of treasury shares

Repayment of revolving credit facility

Drawdown of revolving credit facility

Lease principal repayments

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended
31 December
2022
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’m

44.4
(10.3)
(3.6)
30.5

(6.7)
(0.3)
(0.7)
(3.4)
(11.1)

–
(9.9)
(1.1)
1.2

(145.8)

146.8

(12.9)

(21.7)

(2.3)

16.0

13.7

39.3
(5.8)
(4.0)
29.5

(4.5)
(8.5)
–
(78.9)
(91.9)

38.1 
(3.4)
(2.6)
–

(65.0)

106.0

(11.7)

61.4

(1.0)

17.0

16.0

Note

49

36, 37
39
36
41, 42, 44

43

107

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSParent Company accounting policies 
For the year ended 31 December 2022

General Information
Restore plc focus is providing storage services to offices and workplaces in the public and private sectors. The Company primarily operates 
in the UK. The Company is a public company limited by shares incorporated and domiciled in England, the United Kingdom.

Basis of Preparation
The company financial statements of Restore plc have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (‘IFRS’) and the applicable legal requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial assets and liabilities which are held at fair 
value. The accounting policies have been consistently applied, other than where new policies have been adopted.

The Directors consider that the accounting policies as shown on pages 74 to 79 are suitable, are supported by reasonable judgements 
and estimates and have been consistently applied except where stated below. A summary of the more important accounting policies is as 
follows.

Going Concern
The going concern basis has been applied in these financial statements.

The going concern position is discussed further in the consolidated financial statements of the Group on page 74 and applies to the 
Company.

Company Profit and Loss Account
In accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss 
account. The results for the financial year of the Company are given on page 70 of the financial statements.

Adoption of New and Revised Standards
The following new standards and amendments to standards which were effective for the first time during the financial year: Property, Plant 
and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use – Amendments to IAS 16; Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3; 
Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract Amendments to IAS 37; Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020. These new 
standards and amendments to standards did not have a material effect on the financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
As at 31 December 2022, the following standards and interpretations had been issued but were not mandatory for annual reporting 
periods ending on 31 December 2022: IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts; Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Amendments 
to IAS 1; Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2; Definition of Accounting Estimates – 
Amendments to IAS 8; Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12; Sale or 
contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture – Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28.

108

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Parent Company financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2022

36. Intangible Assets

Cost

1 January 2021

Additions – external

Addition arising on hive-up

31 December 2021

Additions – external

Addition arising on hive-up

Arising on acquisition of trade and assets

Fair value adjustment on prior year hive-up

Disposal

Arising on transfer from subsidiary

31 December 2022

Accumulated amortisation

1 January 2021

Charge for the year

31 December 2021

Charge for the year

31 December 2022

Carrying amount

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

Goodwill
£’m

Customer 
relationships
£’m

Applications 
software
£’m

102.1

–

0.9

103.0

–

–

–

(0.2)

–

9.3

112.1

3.8

–

3.8

–

3.8

108.3

99.2

91.3

–

1.1

92.4

–

1.7

0.7

–

–

8.7

103.5

17.9

4.6

22.5

5.3

27.8

75.7

69.9

4.1

1.1

–

5.2

0.5

–

–

–

(0.2)

–

5.5

2.9

0.6

3.5

0.6

4.1

1.4

1.7

Total
£’m

197.5

1.1

2.0

200.6

0.5

1.7

0.7

(0.2)

(0.2)

18.0

221.1

24.6

5.2

29.8

5.9

35.7

185.4

170.8

Amortisation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense.

On 1 November 2022 the trade and assets of the Records Management division of the EDM businesses were transferred to Restore plc.

The changes to goodwill during the year were as follows:

Cost

1 January 2021

Acquired – 1BDM

31 December 2021

Fair value adjustment on 2021 hive-up

31 December 2022

Accumulated impairment

1 January 2021 and 31 December 2021

1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

Carrying amount 

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

£’m

102.1

0.9

103.0

(0.2)

102.8

3.8

3.8

99.0

99.2

109

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAnnual test for impairment

Under IAS 36, Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, irrespective of there being any impairment indicators. For the purpose of 
impairment testing, goodwill and other intangibles are allocated to business units which represent the lowest level at which that those 
assets are monitored for internal management purposes. The recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit is determined from value-
in-use calculations. The calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by the Directors. 

At the year-end, an impairment review was conducted including downside scenario modelling, which indicated that no impairment was 
required. The year-end model utilises forecasts based upon the Company’s budget for 2023 and the Company’s Strategy Plan for 2024, 
2025 and 2026. Over the 4 year forecast, the Company’s have compound average growth rates for revenue range from 4%-4.8%, with 
pre IFRS16 EBITDA average margin varying between 39.6%-40.7%. Terminal cash flows are based on the Company’s 4 year projections, 
assumed to grow perpetually at 2%. In accordance with IAS 36, the growth rates for beyond the initially forecast years do not exceed the 
long-term average growth rate for the industry. The forecasts have been discounted at a pre-tax rate of 9.5% (2021: 8.9%). This discount 
rate was calculated using a pre-tax rate based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Company. 

Sensitivity

The Company has not identified any reasonable potential changes to key assumptions that would cause the carrying value of the remaining 
goodwill or intangibles to exceed its recoverable amount.

37. Property, Plant and Equipment

Land & freehold

buildings
£’m

Leasehold
 improvements
£’m

Racking  plant & 
machinery
£’m

Office
equipment
 fixtures & 
fittings
£’m

Motor 
vehicles
£’m

24.3

0.3

24.6

1.4

–

26.0

2.1

0.6

2.7

0.6

3.3

22.7

21.9

16.9

1.7

18.6

1.6

0.3

20.5

5.0

1.4

6.4

1.8

8.2

12.3

12.2

30.0

0.6

30.6

2.2

–

32.8

11.2

2.0

13.2

2.0

15.2

17.6

17.4

2.7

0.8

3.5

1.0

0.5

5.0

1.7

0.4

2.1

0.7

2.8

2.2

1.4

0.1

–

0.1

–

–

0.1

0.1

–

0.1

–

0.1

–

–

Cost

1 January 2021

Additions

31 December 2021

Additions

Transfer from subsidiary

31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2021

Charge for the year

31 December 2021

Charge for the year

31 December 2022

Net book value

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

Capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the financial statements is shown in note 53.

Depreciation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense. 

Total
£’m

74.0

3.4

77.4

6.2

0.8

84.4

20.1

4.4

24.5

5.1

29.6

54.8

52.9

110

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS38. Right of use assets

Cost

1 January 2021

Additions

Disposals

31 December 2021

Additions

Disposals

31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2022

Net book value

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

Leasehold 
Property
£’m

Motor 
Vehicles
£’m

87.9

11.5

(0.8)

98.6

13.2

(1.1)

110.7

15.6

11.5

(0.8)

26.3

12.5

(0.1)

38.7

72.0

72.3

2.6

0.2

(0.3)

2.5

–

(0.5)

2.0

1.1

0.7

(0.3)

1.5

0.6

(0.1)

2.0

–

1.0

Total
£’m

90.5

11.7 

(1.1)

101.1

13.2

(1.6)

112.7

16.7

12.2

(1.1)

27.8

13.1

(0.2)

40.7

72.0

73.3

111

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
39. Investments
Shares in subsidiary undertakings

Cost

1 January 2021

Acquired – 1BDM

Acquired – TDW

Capital contribution – subsidiary share-based payment

Transferred to intangible assets (less deferred tax)

31 December 2021

Capital contribution – subsidiary share-based payment

Transferred to intangible assets

31 December 2022

Accumulated impairment

1 January 2021 and 31 December 2021

1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

Net book value

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

During the year, deferred consideration of £0.3 million was paid in relation to the acquisition of The Document Warehouse Limited.

£’m

130.1

2.0

6.5

0.6

(2.0)

137.2

0.8

(1.7)

136.3

41.1

41.1

95.2

96.1

112

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAll fully owned trading companies and holding companies, excluding Harrow Green, have taken the exemption from audit under 
section 479A of the Companies Act 2006.

Dormant companies are exempt from filing accounts under section 394 of the Companies Act 2006.

At 31 December 2022 the Company held directly and indirectly equity and voting rights of the following undertakings:

Company

Holding Company

Class of
holding

% held

Country of
incorporation

Nature of
business

This company is registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey RH1 5DY.

Restore Group Holdings Ltd6

Records Management

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Holding

All UK companies within this business unit are registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, 
Surrey RH1 5DY.

1 Big Data Management Limited 6

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Records 
Management

Records 
Management

100% England and Wales

100% England and Wales

Dormant

The Document Warehouse (UK) Limited 6

Wansdyke Security Limited 6

Digital

Ordinary

Ordinary

All UK companies within this business unit are registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, 
Surrey RH1 5DY unless otherwise stated.

Capture All Limited 1

Didata Limited

EDM Business Services Holding Limited

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

 100% Scotland

Digital Services

 100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Holding

EDM Group Limited

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Records 
Management/
Digital Services

EDM Group (Holdings) Limited

EDM Insurance Services Limited

EDM Records Management Limited

Filing Plus Limited

Filing Plus Group Limited

Rainbow BidCo Limited

Rainbow HoldCo Limited

Restore Digital Limited 2

Scan Image Solutions UK Limited

Sala Imaging Limited

Sala Integrated Information Management Limited

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

 100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Holding

100% England and Wales

Holding

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Holding

113

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany

Technology

Class of
holding

% held

Country of
incorporation

Nature of
business

All UK companies within this business unit are registered at Cardington Point, Telford Way, Bedford, MK42 0PQ

€ Recycling Limited

Computer Disposals Limited

Euro-Recycling Limited

MAC2CASH Limited

PCBITZ.COM Limited

PRM Green Technologies Limited

Relocom Limited 3

Restore Technology Limited

Secure IT Destruction Limited

Secure IT Disposals Limited

The Bookyard Limited

Ultraerase Limited 4,6

Ultratec Limited

Ultratec (Holdings) Limited

Ultratest Solutions Limited

Ultrarecycle Limited

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Dormant

 100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Technology

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Technology

100% England and Wales

Technology

100% England and Wales

Technology

100% England and Wales

Technology

114

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany

Datashred

Class of
holding

% held

Country of
incorporation

Nature of
business

All UK companies within this business unit are registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, 
Surrey RH1 5DY unless otherwise stated.

Data Shred Limited 6

ID Secured Limited 6

Restore Datashred Limited 5

Restore Shred Limited 6

Safe-Shred UK Limited 5

Harrow Green

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Shredding 
Services

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

All UK companies within this business unit are registered at 2 Oriental Road, Silvertown, London, E16 2BZ.

Harrow Green Limited

CAMA Workspace Limited

Other investments

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Relocation

100% England and Wales

Relocation

Except as stated, all companies within this section are registered at Riley Accounting Solutions, Gable End, Sparrow Hall Business Park, 
Leighton Road, Edlesborough, Bedfordshire, LU6 2ES.

Ink and Toner Recycling Limited 6

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

International Technology Products (UK) Limited 7

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

International Technology Products GmbH 8

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

ITP Group Holdings Limited

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

Office Green Limited

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

Peabody QED Thurrock Management Limited 6

Ordinary

33% England and Wales

Takeback Limited

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Management of 
Real Estate

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

1 The registered address of Unit 2 Forbes Court, Middlefield Industrial Estate, Falkirk, FK2 9HQ.
2 The registered address of EDM House, Village Way, Bilston, Wolverhampton, England WV14 0UJ.
3 The registered address is 2 Oriental Road, London, E16 2BZ.
4 The registered address is The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey RH1 5DY.
5 The registered address is Unit Q1, Queen Elizabeth Distribution Centre, Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1NA
6 Held directly
7 The registered address is 52 Burness Lane, Kiln Farm, Milton Keynes, England, MK11 3HD.
8 The registered address is 2nd Floor Butterhouse, 177-178 Tottenham Court Road, London, England W14 7AF.

40. Inventories

Finished goods and goods for resale

£3.1 million (2021: £2.8 million) of inventories were recognised as an expense in cost of sales in the year.

2022
£’m

0.8

2021
£’m

0.5

115

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS41. Trade and Other Receivables

Due in less than one year

Trade receivables

Less: Loss allowance

Trade receivables – net

Amounts due from group undertakings

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Due after more than one year

Amounts due from group undertakings

2022
 £’m

15.6

–

15.6

13.5

0.1

16.7

45.9

100.7

146.6

2021
£’m

14.3

–

14.3

8.2

0.2

12.5

35.2

87.8

123.0

The average credit period is 42 days (2021: 44 days). 

Trade receivables are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts, determined by reference to past payment history and the 
current financial status of the customers.

Movement in the allowance for impairment

1 January

Utilised in year

31 December

2022
£’m

–

–

–

2021
£’m

0.1

(0.1)

–

In determining the recoverability of the trade receivables, the Company considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable 
from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. See note 45 for an analysis of trade receivables that were past due but 
not impaired.

42. Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Amount due to group undertakings

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

2022
£’m

7.8

9.6

4.1

0.2

8.7

30.4

2021
£’m

5.7

0.7

4.0

0.3

8.5

19.2

The Company has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the credit time frame. Trade and 
other payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit period for trade 
purchases is 57 days (2021: 52 days).

43. Financial Liabilities – Borrowings

Non-current

Bank loans – secured

Deferred financing costs

2022
£’m

135.0

(1.3)

133.7

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million revolving credit facility. 

2021
£’m

134.0

(0.3)

133.7

116

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAt 31 December 2022, the bank debt was due to Barclays Bank plc, National Westminster Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc, The Governor and 
Company of the Bank or Ireland, Bank of China Limited and Citibank. The interest rate profile and an analysis of borrowings is given in note 21. 

Under the bank facility the Group was required to meet quarterly covenant tests in respect of interest cover and leverage. All covenant 
tests were met during the year.

Analysis of net debt

Cash at bank and in hand

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans due after one year

44. Other Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities – present value of lease liabilities

Repayable by instalments:

In less than one year

In two to five years

More than five years

Amount due to group undertakings

2022
£’m

13.7

–

(133.7)

(120.0)

2022
£’m

78.2

13.1

41.2

23.9

78.2

2022
£’m

33.9

2021
£’m

16.0

–

(133.7)

(117.7)

2021
£’m

85.8

12.3

40.1

33.4

85.8

2021
£’m

18.0

45. Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments comprise cash at bank, bank loans and various other receivable and payable balances that arise from 
its operations. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to finance the Company operations.

Cash at bank

Bank overdraft

Cash and cash equivalents

2022
£’m

13.7

–

13.7

2021
£’m

16.0

–

16.0

An expected credit loss model has been applied which permits a simplified approach for the Company’s impairment of trade receivables. 
This model applies a credit risk percentage based upon historical risk of default against receivables that are grouped into age brackets. The 
Company’s trade receivables share similar risk characteristics and therefore we have chosen to apply the same default percentage of 0.1% 
on all outstanding receivables. The Company has a low credit risk on its trade receivables and historic defaults. 

As at 31 December 2022 trade receivables of £0.9 million (2021: £1.0 million) were past due but not impaired. 

These relate to a number of independent customers with no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as 
follows:

60–90 days

Greater than 90 days

The main financial risks arising from the Company’s financial instruments are interest rate risk and liquidity risk. 

2022
£’m

0.3

0.6

2021
£’m

0.3

0.7

117

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Directors review and agree policies for managing each of these risks. Interest rates are regularly reviewed to ensure competitive rates 
are paid. Detailed cash flows are produced on a regular basis to minimise liquidity risks.

Carrying value of financial assets and (liabilities) excluding cash and borrowings

Loans and receivables

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Currency and interest rate risk profile of financial liabilities

2022
£’m

128.7

129.5

2021
£’m

109.5

119.0

All bank borrowings were subject to floating interest rates, at SONIA plus Credit Adjusted Spread plus a margin of 1.80%, which can vary 
depending on the leverage covenant.

The interest rate risk profile of the Company’s gross borrowings for the year was:

Currency

Sterling at 31 December 2022

Sterling at 31 December 2021

Interest rate sensitivity

Floating
rate financial
liabilities
£’m

Weighted
average
 interest rates
%

133.7

133.7

3.1

1.9

Total
£’m

133.7

133.7

At 31 December 2022, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher and all other variables were held constant, it is estimated that 
the Company’s profit before tax would be approximately £0.7 million lower (2021: £0.6 million lower). This is mainly attributable to the 
Company’s exposure to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings and is based on the change taking place at the beginning of the 
financial year and held constant throughout the year.

The Group’s sensitivity to future interest rates changes has increased during the current year due to the increased debt resulting from 
acquisition activity.

Financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position and interest rate profile

All financial assets are short-term receivables and cash at bank. The cash at bank earns interest based on the variable bank base rate and is 
held with Barclays Bank plc.

118

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSMaturity of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Company’s financial liabilities (including interest payments):

Within one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

Five years or more

Within one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

Five years or more

Bank
debt
£’m

–

133.7

–

133.7

Bank
debt
£’m

–

133.7

–

133.7

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

30.5

75.1

23.9

129.5

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

27.5

58.1

33.4

119.0

2022
Total
£’m

30.5

208.8

23.9

263.2

2021
Total
£’m

27.5

191.8

33.4

252.7

* Other financial liabilities include trade payables, accruals, amounts owing under leases and contingent and deferred consideration.

Borrowing facilities

At 31 December 2021, the Company had a finance facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Ireland, Clydesdale 
Bank plc and Allied Irish Bank which was due to expire on 26 March 2023. This facility consisted of a single £160 million Revolving Credit 
Facility (“RCF”).

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million, multicurrency RCF on enhanced terms, which is partly reduce by an on demand net overdraft facility of £1.5 million. The 
new RCF, which substantially increased the Group’s funding capacity for investment activity, was for an initial three-year tenor, expiring on 
30 April 2025, with an option to extend the term by two further one-year periods at the Company’s request, subject to lender consent. On 
27 January 2023, the Group extended the RCF through to 30 April 2026. 

The RCF is provided by a syndicate of six lenders being, Barclays Bank plc, National Westminster Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc, The 
Governor and Company of the Bank or Ireland, Bank of China Limited and Citibank. 

The RCF includes an additional £50 million uncommitted accordion and an overdraft of £1.5 million. £1.5 million of the overdraft facility 
was unutilised at 31 December 2022 (2021: £1.5 million). Committed but undrawn borrowing facilities at 31 December 2022 amounted to 
£63.5 million (2021: £24.5 million).

All of the Company’s borrowings are currently in sterling.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

The Group’s financial assets and liabilities bear floating interest rates and are relatively short-term in nature, excluding brorrowing. For the 
majority of the borrowings, the fair values are not materially different from their carrying amounts, since the interest payable on those 
borrowings is either close to current market value or the borrowings are of a short-term nature.

Interest rate management (see page 96)

119

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS46. Deferred Tax

Summary of balances

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Net position at 31 December

2022
£’m

(22.1)

3.1

(19.0)

2021
£’m

(19.7)

4.2

(15.5)

The Government has confirmed that the increase in the UK corporation rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) and substantively 
enacted on 24 May 2021 will come into force as planned. This will increase the company’s future current tax charge accordingly. The 
deferred tax liability at 31 December 2022 has been calculated at 25%.

The movement in the year in the Company’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

1 January

Charge to profit or loss for the year

Tax (charge)/credit directly to equity

Acquisitions

31 December

2022
£’m

(15.5)

(0.7)

(0.5)

(2.3)

(19.0)

2021
£’m

(12.2)

(3.6)

0.3

–

(15.5)

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Company and the movements thereon during the year:

Deferred tax liabilities

1 January 2021

Credit to income for the year

31 December 2021

Credit to income for the year

Acquisitions

31 December 2022

Deferred tax liabilities are analysed as follows:

Current

Non- current

Total

Deferred tax assets are analysed as follows:

1 January 2021

Credit to income for the year

Credit directly to equity

31 December 2021

Charge to income for the year

Charge directly to equity

31 December 2022

Accelerated
capital
allowances
£’m

Intangible
assets
£’m

(1.5)

(1.1)

(2.6)

(1.0)

–

(3.6)

Share-based
payments
£’m

0.9

0.4

0.3

1.6

(0.2)

(0.5)

0.9

(13.8)

(3.3)

(17.1)

0.9

(2.3)

(18.5)

2022
£’m

(1.9)

(20.2)

(22.1)

Leases
£’m

2.2

0.4

–

2.6

(0.4)

–

2.2

Total 
£’m

(15.3)

(4.4)

(19.7)

(0.1)

(2.3)

(22.1)

2021
£’m

(4.4)

(15.3)

(19.7)

Total 
£’m

3.1

0.8

0.3

4.2

(0.6)

(0.5)

3.1

120

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDeferred tax assets are analysed as follows:

Current

Non-current

Total

47. Provisions

1 January

Released

Additional Provision

Charge for the year

31 December

2022
£’m

0.5

2.6

3.1

2022
£’m

6.0

(0.1)

5.7

–

11.6

2021
£’m

0.4

3.8

4.2

2021
£’m

5.8

–

–

0.2

6.0

Included within provisions is a dilapidation provision which relates to the future anticipated costs to restore leased properties into their 
original state at the end of the lease term. Estimates are stated at nominal value and therefore the impact of discounting is not material. An 
increase in costs of 1% per square foot across the portfolio would result in an increase in the provision of £0.1 million.

Provisions are analysed as follows:

Current

Non-current

Total

48. Share Capital

Authorised:

199,000,000 (2021: 199,000,000) ordinary shares of 5p each

Allotted, issued and fully paid:

136,924,067 (2021: 136,674,067) ordinary shares of 5p each

The issued ordinary share capital is as follows:

Date

1 January 2021

20 April 2021 – exercise of share options

5 May 2021 – equity raised to acquire EDM

31 December 2021

26 August 2022 – exercise share options

31 December 2022

2022
£’m

0.9

10.7

11.6

2022
£’m

10.0

6.8

Number of
ordinary
shares

125,654,025

61,138

10,958,904

136,674,067

250,000

136,924,067

2021
£’m

0.7

5.3

6.0

2021
£’m

10.0

6.8

Issue
price

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

250,000 ordinary shares were issued during 2022 to fund the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust in order to settle some of the Group’s share 
options which were exercised during the year. In 2021 61,138 ordinary shares were issued as a result of the exercise of share options which 
were net-settled at the market price on the day of exercise. 

121

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS49. Cash generated from Operating activities

Profit before tax

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Net finance costs

Share-based payments charge

Impairment of investment

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operating activities

50. Share-Based Payments
Details of the share-based payments are given in note 30.

51. Dividends
Details of dividends are given in note 11.

52. Directors and Employees

Staff costs during the year

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments charge

Average monthly number of employees during the year

Directors*

Management

Administration

Operatives

*There were also 4 Non-Executive Directors during the year (2021: 4).

Total amounts for Directors’ remuneration and other benefits

Emoluments for Directors’ services

2022
£’m

15.5

18.2

5.9

6.7

1.5

–

(0.3)

(5.4)

2.3

44.4

2022
£’m

28.2

3.2

1.0

1.5

33.9

2021
£’m

14.0

16.6

5.2

5.6

1.7

–

(0.1)

(4.9)

1.2

39.3

2021
£’m

24.4

2.8

0.8

1.7

29.7

2022
Number

2021
Number

2
25
131
820

978

2022
£’m

1.4

2
45
111
670

828

2021
£’m

1.9

Directors’ remuneration shown above included the following amounts in respect of the highest paid 
Director: 

Salary and benefits

0.7

1.0

122

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedRestore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey management compensation

Short-term employment benefits

Social security costs

Post employment benefits

Other benefits
Share-based payments charge

The key management of the company are management attending board meetings.

53. Capital Commitments

Capital expenditure

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

2022
£’m

4.2

0.7

0.2

0.1
1.5
6.7

2022
£’m

4.7

54. Contingent Liabilities
The Company has entered into a bank cross guarantee. The guarantee amounts to £103.5 million at 31 December 2022 (2021: 
£100.0 million). The assets of the Company are pledged as security for the bank borrowings, by way of a fixed and floating charge.

55. Related Party Transactions and Controlling Party
Transactions with related parties

The following transactions occurred with related parties:

Dividend Revenue

Dividends received from subsidiary undertakings

Sales and purchases of services

Provision of management services and sales to subsidiary undertakings

Purchases from subsidiary undertakings

Interest charges and payments

Net interest charges to subsidiary undertakings

2022
£’m

3.6

6.9

(1.3)

2.7

2021
£’m

3.9

0.9

0.2

0.1
1.1
6.2

2021
£’m

0.9

2021
£’m

2.8

3.6

(2.2)

1.0

Management services provided by the company and services received from the subsidiary undertakings were made on a normal 
commercial term and condition and at market rates. Loans with subsidiaries accrue interest at SONIA plus a margin of 1.80% (2021: LIBOR 
plus a margin of 1.85%).

Further details of related party transactions can be found in note 34.

56. Post Balance Sheet Event
Details of post balance sheet events are given in note 35.

123

Restore plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotice of Annual General Meeting

Restore plc

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of 
Restore plc (“the Company”) will be held at the offices of Buchanan 
Communications Ltd, 107 Cheapside, London, EC2V 6DN on  
16 May 2023 at 1.00pm for the following purposes:

Ordinary Business
1. 

 To receive the Company’s annual accounts for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2022, together with the Directors’ 
report and the auditors’ report on those accounts.

2. 

 To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors to the 
Company to hold office from the conclusion of the meeting 
until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting at 
which accounts are laid.

3. 

 To authorise the directors to set the auditors’ remuneration.

 To re-appoint Charles Bligh, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of the 
Company.

 To re-appoint Neil Ritchie, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of 
the Company.

 To re-appoint Sharon Baylay-Bell, who retires by rotation 
pursuant to the Company’s articles of association, as a director 
of the Company.

 To re-appoint Susan Davy, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of 
the Company.

unless renewed, expire at the conclusion of the next annual 
general meeting of the Company after the passing of this 
resolution or if earlier on the date which is 15 months after the 
date of this annual general meeting, except that the Company 
may before such expiry make offers or agreements which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted after 
such expiry and the directors may allot equity securities in 
pursuance of any such offers agreements as if the authority 
conferred by this resolution had not expired.

12.   That, subject to the passing of resolution number 11 above, 
the directors be and they are hereby empowered, pursuant 
to section 570 of the Act, to allot equity securities (as defined 
in section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority 
conferred by resolution number 11 or by way of a sale of 
treasury shares as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to: 

12.1 

 the allotment of equity securities in connection with a 
rights issue or other pro rata offer in favour of holders of 
equity securities where the equity securities respectively 
attributable to the interests of all those persons at 
such record dates as the directors may determine are 
proportionate (as nearly as may be) to the respective 
numbers of equity securities held by them subject to such 
exclusions or other arrangements as the directors may 
consider necessary or expedient to deal with treasury 
shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, practical 
or legal difficulties under the laws of any territory or the 
requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange 
or by virtue of equity securities being represented by 
depositary receipts or any other matter whatsoever; 

 To re-appoint James Hopkins, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of 
the Company.

12.2 

 the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury 
shares (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph 12.1 above) 
up to an aggregate nominal amount of £684,620.30; and 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 To re-appoint Lisa Fretwell, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of 
the Company.

12.3 

10.   To declare a final dividend of 4.8 pence per ordinary share in 

respect of the year ended 31 December 2022. This dividend will 
be paid on 7 July 2023 to the holders of ordinary shares at 6pm 
on 9 June 2023 (the ex-dividend date being 8 June 2023).

Special Business
As special business, to consider and, if thought fit, to pass the 
following resolutions which will be proposed as to resolution 11 
as an ordinary resolution and as to resolutions 12, 13 and 14 as 
special resolutions:

11.   That the directors be and they are hereby generally and 
unconditionally authorised in substitution for all existing 
authorities (but without prejudice to any allotment of shares 
or grant of rights already made, offered or agreed to be made 
pursuant to such authorities) to exercise all the powers of the 
Company to allot equity securities (as defined in section 560 
of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”)) up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £2,282,067.75 (being 45,641,355 ordinary 
shares of 5 pence each) provided that this authority shall, 

 the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury 
shares (otherwise than under paragraph 12.1 or 
paragraph 12.2 above) up to a nominal amount equal 
to 20% of any allotment of equity securities or sale of 
treasury shares from time to time under paragraph 12.2 
above, such authority to be used only for the purposes 
of making a follow-on offer which the Board of the 
Company determines to be of a kind contemplated by 
paragraph 3 of Section 2B of the Statement of Principles 
on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of 
this notice,

 and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority 
conferred by resolution 11 above, except that the Company 
may before such expiry make offers or agreements which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted and/
or shares held by the Company in treasury to be sold or 
transferred after such expiry and the directors may allot equity 
securities and/or sell or transfer shares held by the Company 
in treasury in pursuance of such offers or agreements as if the 
power conferred by this resolution had not expired.

124

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OTHER INFORMATION 
 
 
 
13.   That, subject to the passing of resolution number 11 above, 
the directors be and they are hereby empowered, pursuant 
to section 570 of the Act, to allot equity securities (as defined 
in section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority 
conferred by resolution number 11 or by way of a sale of 
treasury shares as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

13.1 

13.2 

 the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares 
up to an aggregate nominal amount of £684,620.30, such 
authority to be used only for the purposes of financing (or 
refinancing, if such refinancing occurs within six months of 
the original transaction) a transaction which the directors 
determine to be an acquisition or other capital investment 
of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on 
Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by 
the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice; and

 the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury 
shares (otherwise than under paragraph 13.1 above) up 
to a nominal amount equal to 20% of any allotment of 
equity securities or sale of treasury shares from time to 
time under paragraph 13.1 above, such authority to be 
used only for the purposes of making a follow-on offer 
which the Board of the Company determines to be of a 
kind contemplated by paragraph 3 of Section 2B of the 
Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption 
Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption 
Group prior to the date of this notice

 and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority 
conferred by resolution 11 above, except that the Company 
may before such expiry make offers or agreements which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted and/
or shares held by the Company in treasury to be sold or 
transferred after such expiry and the directors may allot equity 
securities and/or sell or transfer shares held by the Company 
in treasury in pursuance of such offers or agreements as if the 
power conferred by this resolution had not expired.

14.   That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally 
authorised, in accordance with section 701 of the Act, to make 
market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of 
the Act) of ordinary shares of 5 pence each in the capital of the 
Company (“Ordinary Shares”) on such terms and in such manner 
as the directors may from time to time determine provided that:

14.1 

 the maximum number of Ordinary Shares authorised to 
be purchased is 13,692,406;

14.2 

 the minimum price which may be paid for each Ordinary 
Share is 5 pence (exclusive of expenses payable by the 
Company); and

14.3 

 the maximum price which may be paid for each Ordinary 
Share (exclusive of expenses payable by the Company) 
cannot be more than 105 per cent of the average market 
value of an Ordinary Share for the five business days prior 
to the day on which the Ordinary Share is contracted to 
be purchased.

 The authority conferred shall expire at the conclusion of the 
next annual general meeting of the Company or if earlier on the 
date which is 15 months after the date of this annual general 
meeting except that the Company may before such expiry 
make a contract to purchase its own shares which will or may 
be completed or executed wholly or partly after such expiry.

By order of the Board 

Sarah Waudby 
Company Secretary 
15 March 2023 

Registered Office
The Databank
Unit 5
Redhill Distribution Centre  
Salbrook Road
Redhill
Surrey RH1 5DY

PLEASE NOTE:
You will not receive a form of proxy for the Annual General Meeting 
in the post. Instructions on how to vote electronically and how to 
register are detailed in the Notes. You will still be able to vote in person 
at the Annual General Meeting, and may request a hard copy proxy 
form directly from the registrars, Link Group, PXS1, Central Square, 
29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL at shareholderenquiries@
linkgroup.co.uk (telephone number: 0371 664 0391 if calling from 
the United Kingdom, or +44(0)371 664 0391 if calling from outside 
the United Kingdom). Calls are charged at the standard geographical 
rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be 
charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 
09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England 
and Wales.

125

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OTHER INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Notes: These notes are important and require your immediate 
attention.

6. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

 Only those members entered on the register of members of the 
Company at close of business on 12 May 2023 or, in the event that 
this meeting is adjourned, in the register of members as at close 
of business on the day two days before the date of any adjourned 
meeting, shall be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting in 
respect of the number of ordinary shares registered in their names 
at that time. Changes to the entries on the register of members 
by the close of business on 12 May 2023 or, in the event that this 
meeting is adjourned, in the register of members before the close 
of business on the day two days before the date of the adjourned 
meeting, shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any 
person to attend or vote at the meeting.

 A Shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the Annual 
General Meeting is entitled to appoint another person of his/
her choice as that Shareholder’s proxy to exercise all or any of 
that Shareholder’s rights to attend and to speak and vote at the 
meeting on his/her behalf.  A Shareholder may appoint more 
than one proxy in relation to the meeting, provided that each 
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different 
share or shares held by that Shareholder.  A proxy does not 
need to be a shareholder of the Company.

 In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior member who 
tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, will be accepted 
to the exclusion of the votes of any other of the joint holders. 
For these purposes, seniority shall be determined by the order 
in which the names stand on the register of members.

 A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote 
will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the 
resolution. If no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or 
abstain from voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote 
(or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any 
other matter which is put before the Annual General Meeting.

5.  You can vote either:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the 
instructions;

 by requesting a hard copy form of proxy directly from the 
registrars, Link Group, at mailto:shareholderenquiries@
linkgroup.co.uk or on Tel: 0371 664 0391 if calling from the 
United Kingdom, or +44(0)371 664 0391 if calling from 
outside the United Kingdom. Calls are charged at the standard 
geographical rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the 
United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international 
rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales; 

 in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST 
electronic proxy appointment service in accordance with 
the procedures set out below; 

 if you are an institutional investor you may also be able to 
appoint a proxy electronically via the Proxymity platform.

 In order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of proxy must 
be completed. In each case the form of proxy must be received 
by Link Group at PXS1, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, 
Leeds, LS1 4DL by 1.00 p.m. on 12 May 2023. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 If you return more than one proxy appointment, either by paper 
or electronic communication, the appointment received last 
by the Registrar before the latest time for the receipt of proxies 
will take precedence. You are advised to read the terms and 
conditions of use carefully. Electronic communication facilities 
are open to all Shareholders and those who use them will not 
be disadvantaged.

 The return of a completed form of proxy, electronic filing or any 
CREST Proxy Instruction (as described in note 11 below) will 
not prevent a shareholder from attending the Annual General 
Meeting and voting in person if he/she wishes to do so.

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through 
the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so 
for the Annual General Meeting to be held 1.00 p.m. on 16 May 
2023 and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures 
described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or 
other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members 
who have appointed a voting service provider should refer to 
their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s), who will be 
able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. 

 In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by 
means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message 
(a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated 
in accordance with Euroclear UK & International Limited’s 
specifications and must contain the information required for 
such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The 
message must be transmitted so as to be received by the 
Company’s agent, Link Group (CREST Participant ID: RA10), no 
later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting. 
For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the 
time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message 
by the CREST Application Host) from which the Company’s 
agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in 
the manner prescribed by CREST. 

10.   CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor 
or voting service provider should note that Euroclear UK & 
International Limited does not make available special 
procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal 
system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation 
to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility 
of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST 
member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member 
or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that his 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such action 
as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted 
by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this 
connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider are referred in 
particular to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. The 
Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction 
in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

126

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OTHER INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
11.   Proxymity Voting – if you are an institutional investor you may 
also be able to appoint a proxy electronically via the Proxymity 
platform, a process which has been agreed by the Company 
and approved by the Registrar. For further information regarding 
Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.io. Your proxy must be 
lodged by 1.00 p.m. on 12 May 2023 in order to be considered 
valid or, if the meeting is adjourned, by the time which is 48 
hours before the time of the adjourned meeting. Before you 
can appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have 
agreed to Proxymity’s associated terms and conditions. It is 
important that you read these carefully as you will be bound 
by them and they will govern the electronic appointment 
of your proxy. An electronic proxy appointment via the 
Proxymity platform may be revoked completely by sending 
an authenticated message via the platform instructing the 
removal of your proxy vote.

12.   Unless otherwise indicated on the Form of Proxy, CREST, 

Proxymity or any other electronic voting instruction, the proxy 
will vote as they think fit or, at their discretion or withhold 
from voting.

13.   Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more 
corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all 
of its powers as a member provided that they do not do so in 
relation to the same shares.

14.  Any shareholder attending the Annual General Meeting has 
the right to ask questions. The Company must cause to be 
answered any such question relating to the business being 
dealt with at the meeting but no such answer need be given if: 
(a) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the 
meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential information; 
(b) the answer has already been given on a website in the 
form of an answer to a question; or (c) it is undesirable in the 
interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting 
that the question be answered.

15.   You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of 
Section 333(4) of the Companies Act 2006) provided in either 
this Notice or any related documents (including the form of 
proxy) to communicate with the Company for any purposes 
other than those expressly stated.

16.   Copies of all service agreements or letters of appointment 
under which the directors of the Company are employed or 
engaged by the Company will be available for inspection at 
the Company’s registered office during normal working hours 
on any week day (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays 
excepted) from the date of this notice until the date of the 
Annual General Meeting and at the place of the Annual General 
Meeting for 15 minutes prior to and during the meeting.

17.   Biographical details of each director who is being proposed for 
re-appointment or re-election by shareholders can be found by 
visiting the Company’s website www.restoreplc.com.

EXPLANATION OF RESOLUTIONS
Resolution 11 – authority to allot shares

At the last annual general meeting of the Company held on  
20 May 2022, the directors were given authority to allot ordinary 
shares in the capital of the Company up to a maximum nominal 
amount of £2,277,901.10 representing approximately one third of 
the Company’s then issued ordinary share capital.

The directors consider it appropriate that a further authority be granted 
to allot ordinary shares in the capital of the Company up to a maximum 
nominal amount of £2,282,067.75 representing approximately one third 
of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 13 March 2023 (the 
latest practicable date before publication of this document) during the 
shorter of the period up to the conclusion of the next annual general 
meeting in 2023 or 15 months. 

As at the date of this notice the Company does not hold any 
ordinary shares in the capital of the Company in treasury.

Resolution 12 – disapplication of statutory  
pre-emption rights

Resolution 12 will empower the directors to allot ordinary shares in 
the capital of the Company for cash on a non-pre-emptive basis:

• 

• 

• 

 in connection with a rights issue or other pro-rata offer to 
existing shareholders; 

 otherwise, up to a maximum nominal value of £684,620.30, 
representing approximately 10 per cent of the issued ordinary 
share capital of the Company as at 13 March 2023 (the latest 
practicable date before publication of this document); and

 otherwise, up to a nominal amount equal to one fifth of any 
allotment pursuant to the bullet point above, to be used only 
for the purposes of a follow-on offer.

Resolution 13 – disapplication of statutory pre-emption 
rights to finance an acquisition or other capital investment

In addition to the powers granted by Resolution 12, Resolution 13 
will empower the directors to allot ordinary shares in the capital of 
the Company for cash on a non-pre-emptive basis:

• 

 up to a maximum nominal value of £684,620.30, representing 
approximately 10 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital 
of the Company as at 13 March 2023 (the latest practicable 
date before publication of this document), such authority to be 
used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if such 
financing occurs within six months of the original transaction) a 
transaction which the directors determine to be an acquisition 
or other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the 
Statement of Principles of Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights 
most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the 
date of this notice; and

• 

 otherwise, up to a nominal amount equal to one fifth of any 
allotment pursuant to the bullet point above, to be used only 
for the purposes of a follow-on offer.

The rights of pre-emption disapplication sought pursuant to 
Resolutions 12 and 13 represent, in aggregate, approximately 20% 
of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at  
13 March 2023.  

127

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OTHER INFORMATIONNotice of Annual General Meeting continued

Resolution 14 – authority to make market purchases of 
own shares

Resolution 14 gives the Company authority to buy back its own 
ordinary shares in the market as permitted by the Companies 
Act 2006. The authority limits the number of shares that could 
be purchased to a maximum of 13,692,406 (representing 
approximately 10 per cent of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital as at 13 March 2023 (the latest practicable date before 
publication of this document)), and sets minimum and maximum 
prices. This authority will expire at the conclusion of the next 
annual general meeting or, if earlier, 15 months after the resolution 
is passed. 

The directors have no present intention of exercising the authority 
to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares but will keep the 
matter under review, taking into account the financial resources 
of the Company, the Company’s share price and future funding 
opportunities. The authority will be exercised only if the directors 
believe that to do so would be in the best interest of shareholders 
generally.

Companies purchasing their own shares are allowed to hold them 
in treasury as an alternative to cancelling them. No dividends are 
paid on shares whilst held in treasury and no voting rights attach to 
treasury shares.

128

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OTHER INFORMATIONOfficers and advisers

Company Secretary 

Sarah Waudby

Registered Number and Office
05169780
The Databank
Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre 
Salbrook Road
Redhill
Surrey, RH1 5DY

Nominated Adviser & Broker

Investec
30 Gresham Street 
London, EC2V 7QP

Joint Corporate Brokers

Canaccord Genuity
88 Wood Street 
London, EC2V 7QR

Citi
33 Canada Square 
London, E14 5LB

Public Relations

Buchanan Communications Limited
107 Cheapside 
London, EC2V 6DN

Independent Auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
1 Embankment Place 
London, WC2N 6RH

Financial and Tax Advisers

KPMG
15 Canada Square 
Canary Wharf 
London, E14 5GL

Trading record

Year ended 31 December

Revenue
Adjusted profit before taxation*
Adjusted earnings per share*
Net debt

Net assets

Solicitors

Fieldfisher LLP
17th Floor
No.1 Spinningfields
Hardman Square
M3 3EB

Bankers

Barclays Bank PLC 
1 Churchill Place 
London, E14 5HP

National Westminster Bank plc
Floor 9
280 Bishopsgate 
London, EC2M 4RB

Bank of Ireland 
Bow Bells House 
1 Bread Street
London, EC4M 9BE

Citibank
33 Canada Square 
London, E14 5LB

Bank of China
1 Lothbury 
London, EC2R 7DB

Clydesdale Bank plc 
40 St Vincent Place 
Glasgow, G1 2HL

Registrars

Link Asset Services
Unit 10 Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds, LS1 4DL

2022 
£’m

279.0
41.0
24.3p
103.5

273.2

2021 
£’m

234.3
38.1
23.2p
100.8

265.2

2020 
£’m

182.7
23.2
15.0p
66.1

218.6

2019 
£’m

215.6
35.6
23.2p
88.5

218.5

2018** 
£’m

195.5
37.5
25.2p
111.3

216.0

*  Adjusted profit before taxation is stated before amortisation, impairment of intangible assets and investments, and adjusting items.
**  Excludes the impact of IFRS 16 and adjusted for share-based payments. 

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting
Half year results
Financial year end
Full year results

Held in May
July
31 December
March

129

Restore plc Annual Report 2022OTHER INFORMATION 
The UK’s leading provider 
of integrated digital and 
information management  
and secure lifecycle services.

Highlights  

Overview
Chair’s Introduction  
Our Business 
Growth Strategy 
Investment Case 
Our Divisions 

Strategic report
Our Strategy  
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 
Chief Financial Officer’s Statement  
ESG Committee Report 
Risk Committee Report 
Section 172 Statement 

Governance
Board of Directors  
Governance Statement 
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report  
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
Independent auditors’ report  

Financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  
Consolidated statement of financial position  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement of cash flows  
Notes to the Group financial statements 
Parent Company statement of financial position 
Parent Company statement of changes in equity 
Parent Company statement of cash flows  
Parent Company accounting policies  
Notes to the Parent Company financial statements  

Other information
Notice of Annual General Meeting  
Officers and advisers  
Trading record  
Financial calendar 

1

2
4
5
6
8

14
20
28
33
38
42

46
49
52
55
60
63
64

70
71
72
73
74
105
106
107
108
109

124
129
129
129

For more information please see 
www.restoreplc.com

This report is printed on Revive 100 Offset.

The paper stock is manufactured from 
FSC Recycled 100% post-consumer waste pulp.

It is manufactured in accordance with 
ISO certified standards for environmental, 
quality and energy management and is 
Carbon Balanced.

CBP017836

R
e
s
t
o
r
e
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
2

Growth & Resilience 

Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2022

Head Office
2nd Floor, 7-10 Chandos Street, 

London, W1G 9DA

T:  020 7409 2420
E: 

info@restoreplc.com

W:  www.restoreplc.com

Restore Records Management
The Databank, Unit 1 Redhill Distribution Centre,  

Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5DY

T:  01293 446 270

E:  admin@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/records

Restore Datashred
Unit Q1, Queen Elizabeth Distribution Centre,  

Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1NA

T:  0800 376 4422

E:  customerhub@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/datashred

Restore Digital
EDM House, Village Way,  

Bilston, Wolverhampton, 

West Midlands, WV14 0UJ

T:  0333 043 5483

E: 

info@restoredigital.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/digital

Restore Harrow Green
2 Oriental Road, Silvertown,  

London, E16 2BZ

T:  0345 603 8774

E: 

info@harrowgreen.com

W:  www.harrowgreen.com

Restore Technology
Cardington Point, Telford Way,  

Bedford, MK42 0PQ

T:   01462 813 132

E:   technology@restore.co.uk

W:   www.restore.co.uk/technology